MEEEEEEEEEREBARTEEEEEEEEER Internship Report in Marketing Research

Post on 01-Dec-2015

20 Views

Category:

Documents

0 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

DESCRIPTION

ERE

Transcript

Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in

SRG Bangladesh Limited

Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Submitted to

Professor Golam Mohammed ChowdhuryChairman Internship amp Placement Program

Supervised by

Dr M Z MamunProfessor and Director

Submitted byNoman Ahmed Khan

Roll No 16MBA 41 (D)

Internship Period 23rd March to 14th June

Institute Of Business Administration (IBA)University Of Dhaka

Date of Submission July 11 2009

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

needed from them

Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

iii

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

    Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

    Submitted to

    Professor Golam Mohammed ChowdhuryChairman Internship amp Placement Program

    Supervised by

    Dr M Z MamunProfessor and Director

    Submitted byNoman Ahmed Khan

    Roll No 16MBA 41 (D)

    Internship Period 23rd March to 14th June

    Institute Of Business Administration (IBA)University Of Dhaka

    Date of Submission July 11 2009

    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

    First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

    report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

    made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

    his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

    The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

    Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

    of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

    Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

    HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

    I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

    internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

    needed from them

    Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

    Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

    iii

    July 11 2009

    Chairperson

    Internship and Placement

    Institute of Business Administration

    University of Dhaka

    Dhaka ndash 1000

    Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

    Dear Sir

    As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

    Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

    analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

    matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

    I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

    research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

    and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

    the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

    reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

    instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

    I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

    the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

    clarification at your convenience

    Sincerely yours

    Noman Ahemd Khan

    Roll 16

    Batch ndash 41(D)

    iv

    Table of Contents

    EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

    10 INTRODUCTION1

    11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

    20 Industry Overview3

    21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

    22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

    30 Company Overview9

    31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

    40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

    41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

    421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

    43 Benefits of the Program 21

    50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

    Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

    51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

    52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

    v

    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

    Bibliography29

    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

    vi

    List of Figures

    Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

    Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

    Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

    Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

    vii

    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

    This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

    practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

    firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

    theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

    that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

    effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

    Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

    day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

    and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

    the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

    organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

    and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

    for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

    consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

    hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

    management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

    important and effective skills

    Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

    very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

    total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

    in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

    internship

    The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

    Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

    Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

    from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

    SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

    recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

    efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

    remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

    viii

    hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

    overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

    Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

    were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

    continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

    is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

    therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

    types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

    people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

    private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

    helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

    the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

    learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

    mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

    management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

    International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

    BMET UGC etc were interviewed

    ix

    10 INTRODUCTION

    Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

    day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

    generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

    process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

    helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

    problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

    consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

    access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

    project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

    market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

    to learn some most important and effective skills

    11 Origin of the Report

    As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

    proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

    The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

    in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

    Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

    Business Administration

    12 Objective

    The Primary Objective of this report is

    To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

    Secondary objectives are

    To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

    To observe the implementation of the methods

    To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

    Search for the justifications behind the gaps

    13 Methodology

    The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

    extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

    1

    and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

    Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

    14 Scope

    SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

    change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

    Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

    reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

    practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

    time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

    15 Limitations

    Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

    be summarized as follows

    No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

    For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

    Only internal specialists were interviewed

    20 Industry Overview

    2

    Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

    worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

    understand the situation with more depth

    21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

    The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

    player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

    player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

    ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

    Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

    statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

    can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

    211 Market segments

    In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

    consultants

    The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

    years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

    DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

    significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

    equally spread across the market segments

    Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

    Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

    Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

    Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

    Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

    3

    Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

    These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

    the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

    SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

    their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

    Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

    remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

    BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

    consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

    4

    All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

    globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

    212 Player groups

    In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

    Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

    the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

    Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

    sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

    consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

    designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

    Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

    Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

    5

    In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

    distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

    smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

    Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

    This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

    medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

    by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

    average of 9 and 25 only

    With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

    Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

    limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

    across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

    sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

    clients for further consulting and auditing activities

    According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

    consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

    the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

    cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

    areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

    An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

    heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

    aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

    more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

    6

    rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

    in the new economy in 2000

    22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

    Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

    find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

    The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

    players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

    completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

    of other three firms

    221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

    ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

    has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

    300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

    bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

    have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

    development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

    international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

    techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

    dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

    we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

    fields of operation later

    222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

    Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

    research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

    research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

    and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

    to IMRBs expertise

    Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

    Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

    national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

    Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

    7

    audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

    national level household consumer panel since 2005

    223 The Nielsen Company

    The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

    research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

    analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

    their markets

    Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

    behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

    applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

    conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

    their market context

    BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

    forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

    business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

    commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

    adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

    8

    30 Company Overview

    The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

    the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

    complement the story

    31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

    The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

    and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

    lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

    diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

    processing amp analysis and event management services

    Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

    Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

    studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

    under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

    experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

    commitment

    Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

    including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

    experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

    a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

    resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

    accuracy in collecting relevant information

    In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

    research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

    remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

    close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

    further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

    objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

    workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

    independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

    alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

    experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

    9

    uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

    and reliability

    The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

    Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

    All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

    Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

    organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

    quality

    The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

    management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

    Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

    professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

    Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

    conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

    32 Organization Chart

    The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

    centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

    10

    33 Services Offered

    The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

    Social amp Environmental Research

    Business Communication Service

    Automotive Research

    Agricultural Research

    Business to Business Research

    HR Management Service

    Media Research

    Mystery Shopping

    Qualitative Research

    Quantitative Research

    Retail Study

    Healthcare Research

    Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

    11

    Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

    34 Qualitative Research

    SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

    business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

    to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

    diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

    The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

    operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

    motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

    the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

    well

    The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

    products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

    considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

    Usage and attitude studies

    Brand equity studies

    Segmentation studies

    Positioning research

    Communication development and evaluation

    Packaging evaluation studies

    New product development studies

    The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

    housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

    including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

    The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

    bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

    creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

    Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

    35 Quantitative Research

    The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

    in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

    products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

    financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

    12

    all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

    providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

    The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

    provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

    efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

    At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

    country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

    procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

    data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

    Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

    to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

    Customer satisfaction

    Mystery shopping

    Product testing

    Retailing sector

    Modeling and data mining

    Insurance sector

    Banking sector

    36 Recent Projects

    There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

    more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

    Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

    Project Name Client Period of Study

    1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

    CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

    June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

    2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

    British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

    June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

    3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

    AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

    4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

    Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

    5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

    13

    USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

    6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

    British CouncilDhaka

    January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

    7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

    HSBC BangladeshDhaka

    August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

    8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

    The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

    May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

    9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

    Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

    10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

    11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

    12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

    13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

    US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

    October 2008 toMarch 2009

    37 Key Clients

    SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

    A International Clients

    Cisco USA

    HSBC Hong Kong

    Telenor Norway

    Nokia Hong Kong

    Microsoft USA

    Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

    ARD Inc USA

    14

    BHP-Engineering Australia

    BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

    Nomura Research Institute Japan

    International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

    Carana Corporation USA

    International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

    SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

    ECI Telecom Inc USA

    Dacom Corporation Korea

    Korea Telecom Korea

    Tata Steel India

    Bare Associates International USA

    Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

    Tessival SPA Italy

    G P Group of Companies Thailand

    Singer Worldwide USA

    Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

    Carana Corporation USA

    TOTAL FINA ELF France

    Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

    Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

    Quantum Market Research India

    BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

    Pew Research Centre USA

    Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

    Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

    Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

    Horizon Research Singapore

    Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

    Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

    Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

    Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

    Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

    Syngenta Hong Kong

    Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

    Sungwon Corporation Korea

    Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

    15

    Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

    Quest International UK

    Veraz Telecom USA

    Canadian High Commission Dhaka

    Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

    China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

    BlueScope Steel Australia

    International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

    WorldFish Centre Malaysia

    Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

    Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

    Synovate Hong Kong

    Cairn Energy Bangladesh

    AQ Services International Singapore

    Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

    Columbia University USA

    B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

    The World Bank

    United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

    United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

    UNICEF Bangladesh

    Asian Development Bank (ADB)

    International Finance Corporation (IFC)

    Commonwealth Secretariat UK

    Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

    Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

    United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

    Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

    Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

    International Jute Organization (IJO)

    CARE Bangladesh

    SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

    Swisscontact-Katalyst

    World Vision of Bangladesh

    JOBS [A USAID Project]

    OXFAM Bangladesh

    Concern Bangladesh

    16

    German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

    DFID Bangladesh

    C Domestic Clients

    Unilever Bangladesh

    British America Tobacco

    Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

    Social Marketing Company (SMC)

    Olympic Industries

    Bengal Group of Industries

    A K Khan Group

    Bashundhara Group of Companies

    Mutual Group

    Baraka Group

    SQ Group

    Rangs Electronics Ltd

    Alfa Tobacco Group

    Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

    Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

    Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

    M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

    Givenchy Group

    Grameen Bank

    Alfa Tobacco Group

    Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

    BASIC Bank Ltd

    Grameen Uddog

    Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

    McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

    Grameen Shamogree

    Tripti Industries

    Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

    Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

    Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

    Brothers Group

    Syngenta

    Giant Group

    17

    Bell Corporation

    Anlima Group

    Grameen Telecom

    Grameen Phone

    Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

    Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

    Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

    Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

    Modern Erection Dhaka

    BRAC Bank Bangladesh

    38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

    M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

    Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

    Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

    combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

    CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

    FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

    More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

    Research (qualitative and quantitative)

    Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

    Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

    presentation on various management and business promotion issues

    Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

    Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

    National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

    Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

    Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

    Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

    Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

    18

    Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

    Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

    national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

    Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

    ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

    Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

    Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

    Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

    19

    40 Jobs Performed During Internship

    While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

    that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

    perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

    model

    41 Duties and Responsibilities

    The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

    weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

    In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

    credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

    While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

    extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

    most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

    42 Completion of the Assignments

    Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

    the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

    research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

    421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

    It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

    (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

    take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

    was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

    (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

    to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

    successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

    to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

    experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

    like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

    Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

    20

    422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

    This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

    Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

    effectively

    423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

    Wave 9

    This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

    training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

    place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

    424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

    It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

    observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

    43 Benefits of the Program

    Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

    1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

    to provide critical real world research method information

    1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

    having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

    a research job in the near future

    1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

    from the research experts and consultants

    1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

    from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

    and share ideas

    1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

    perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

    21

    50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

    This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

    study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

    Methodology can be defined as

    the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

    the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

    a particular procedure or set of procedures

    Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

    comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

    what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

    methodology and finally the justification for it

    51 Background of the study

    This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

    some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

    the goal of this study

    511 Definition of the Business Problem

    The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

    acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

    We need to be able to

    1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

    2 Identify new sectors for growth

    3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

    512 Research Objectives

    To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

    To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

    Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

    In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

    22

    1 Top 6 public universities

    2 Top 5 private universities

    3 Professional associations

    4 Government

    5 Private sector

    Suggested areas of research

    Which foreign qualifications are known

    Which foreign qualifications are accepted

    Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

    Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

    Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

    Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

    52 Methodology

    After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

    research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

    effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

    studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

    same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

    The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

    it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

    two methodologies

    521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

    In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

    statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

    of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

    objectivity

    Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

    through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

    and standardised data

    Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

    23

    1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

    2 Tabulate

    3 Summarise data

    4 Analyse data

    5 Draw conclusions

    Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

    explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

    utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

    look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

    tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

    behavioural component such as attendance at class

    So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

    educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

    Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

    They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

    Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

    Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

    These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

    arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

    limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

    reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

    collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

    choice of quantitative methodology for this study

    A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

    situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

    by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

    Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

    According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

    observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

    measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

    their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

    they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

    this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

    quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

    what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

    24

    ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

    ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

    of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

    qualitative approach

    522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

    Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

    quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

    natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

    than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

    structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

    Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

    comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

    Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

    1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

    2 Record what is said andor done

    3 Interpret

    4 Return to observeask more questions

    5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

    6 Theorising

    7 Draw conclusions

    Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

    point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

    are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

    approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

    knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

    affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

    understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

    and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

    behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

    behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

    sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

    subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

    understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

    research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

    marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

    25

    practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

    of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

    practice to satisfy customer needs

    523 Criticism on FGD

    By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

    discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

    course of the discussions

    Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

    (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

    seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

    decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

    they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

    community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

    Gibbs 1997)

    A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

    This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

    ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

    social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

    for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

    sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

    to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

    emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

    wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

    recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

    the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

    also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

    discussion evolves

    The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

    In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

    time and budget constraints

    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

    26

    Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

    supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

    study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

    constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

    Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

    even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

    dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

    assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

    4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

    that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

    descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

    methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

    keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

    the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

    The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

    approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

    methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

    achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

    final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

    qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

    117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

    maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

    credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

    difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

    27

    60 Conclusion and Recommendation

    It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

    research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

    very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

    is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

    the result which is the goal of all research works

    So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

    understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

    without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

    tough to express in an internship report

    So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

    SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

    internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

    experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

    An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

    organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

    Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

    minimized with a training program

    A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

    recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

    helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

    should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

    alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

    SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

    human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

    better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

    A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

    becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

    coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

    preparation and building it as a strong local brand

    28

    Bibliography

    Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

    Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

    Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

    Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

    Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

    Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

    Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

    Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

    Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

    Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

    Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

    Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

    Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

    Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

    Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

    Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

    29

    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

    4

    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

    SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

    Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

    Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

    Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

    MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

    InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

    InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

    Government Multinational Local

    Gender Male Female

    30

    srgbb

    1 2 3

    654

    1 2

    Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

    31

    Issues to be Discussed

    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

    privatizing of state run assets by the government

    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

    What are their relative importance or weight levels

    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

    If yes how do you provide the training

    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

    What are the reasons behind those polices

    32

    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

    Localo Privateo Public

    USA Australia Canada UK Others

    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

    What are their variations at your own company

    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

    Why are they doing this rather than university course

    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

    How many students could be interested for UK universities

    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

    10

    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

    33

    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

    11

    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

    How should UK universities address them

    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

    12

    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

    13

    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

    14

    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

    15

    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

    What are relative weights of these constraints

    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

    34

    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

    16

    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

    35

    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

    4

    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

    Type of University Public Private

    Gender Male Female

    36

    2

    srgbbb

    1 2

    1

    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

    37

    Issues to be Discussed

    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

    privatizing of state run assets by the government

    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

    What are their acceptance levels in general

    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

    Why are they doing this rather than university course

    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

    38

    How many students could be interested for UK universities

    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

    10

    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

    11

    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

    How should UK universities address them

    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

    could be competitive

    13

    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

    14

    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

    15

    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

    What are quality levels of private education

    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

    39

    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

    16

    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

    40

    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    • 10 INTRODUCTION
      • 11 Origin of the Report
      • 12 Objective
      • 13 Methodology
      • 14 Scope
      • 15 Limitations
        • 20 Industry Overview
          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
            • 211 Market segments
            • 212 Player groups
              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                    • 30 Company Overview
                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 32 Organization Chart
                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                      • 36 Recent Projects
                      • 37 Key Clients
                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                      • 52 Methodology
                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                            • Bibliography
                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

      Date of Submission July 11 2009

      ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

      First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

      report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

      made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

      his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

      The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

      Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

      of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

      Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

      HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

      I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

      internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

      needed from them

      Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

      Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

      iii

      July 11 2009

      Chairperson

      Internship and Placement

      Institute of Business Administration

      University of Dhaka

      Dhaka ndash 1000

      Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

      Dear Sir

      As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

      Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

      analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

      matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

      I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

      research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

      and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

      the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

      reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

      instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

      I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

      the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

      clarification at your convenience

      Sincerely yours

      Noman Ahemd Khan

      Roll 16

      Batch ndash 41(D)

      iv

      Table of Contents

      EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

      10 INTRODUCTION1

      11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

      20 Industry Overview3

      21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

      22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

      30 Company Overview9

      31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

      40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

      41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

      421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

      43 Benefits of the Program 21

      50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

      Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

      51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

      52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

      v

      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

      Bibliography29

      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

      vi

      List of Figures

      Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

      Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

      Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

      Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

      vii

      EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

      This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

      practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

      firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

      theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

      that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

      effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

      Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

      day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

      and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

      the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

      organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

      and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

      for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

      consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

      hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

      management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

      important and effective skills

      Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

      very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

      total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

      in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

      internship

      The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

      Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

      Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

      from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

      SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

      recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

      efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

      remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

      viii

      hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

      overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

      Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

      were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

      continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

      is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

      therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

      types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

      people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

      private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

      helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

      the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

      learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

      mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

      management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

      International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

      BMET UGC etc were interviewed

      ix

      10 INTRODUCTION

      Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

      day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

      generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

      process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

      helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

      problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

      consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

      access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

      project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

      market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

      to learn some most important and effective skills

      11 Origin of the Report

      As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

      proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

      The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

      in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

      Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

      Business Administration

      12 Objective

      The Primary Objective of this report is

      To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

      Secondary objectives are

      To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

      To observe the implementation of the methods

      To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

      Search for the justifications behind the gaps

      13 Methodology

      The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

      extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

      1

      and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

      Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

      14 Scope

      SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

      change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

      Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

      reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

      practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

      time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

      15 Limitations

      Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

      be summarized as follows

      No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

      For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

      Only internal specialists were interviewed

      20 Industry Overview

      2

      Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

      worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

      understand the situation with more depth

      21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

      The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

      player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

      player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

      ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

      Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

      statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

      can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

      211 Market segments

      In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

      consultants

      The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

      years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

      DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

      significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

      equally spread across the market segments

      Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

      Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

      Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

      Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

      Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

      3

      Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

      These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

      the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

      SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

      their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

      Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

      remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

      BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

      consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

      4

      All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

      globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

      212 Player groups

      In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

      Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

      the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

      Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

      sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

      consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

      designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

      Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

      Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

      5

      In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

      distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

      smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

      Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

      This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

      medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

      by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

      average of 9 and 25 only

      With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

      Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

      limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

      across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

      sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

      clients for further consulting and auditing activities

      According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

      consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

      the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

      cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

      areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

      An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

      heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

      aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

      more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

      6

      rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

      in the new economy in 2000

      22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

      Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

      find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

      The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

      players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

      completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

      of other three firms

      221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

      ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

      has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

      300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

      bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

      have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

      development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

      international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

      techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

      dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

      we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

      fields of operation later

      222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

      Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

      research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

      research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

      and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

      to IMRBs expertise

      Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

      Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

      national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

      Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

      7

      audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

      national level household consumer panel since 2005

      223 The Nielsen Company

      The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

      research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

      analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

      their markets

      Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

      behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

      applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

      conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

      their market context

      BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

      forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

      business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

      commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

      adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

      8

      30 Company Overview

      The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

      the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

      complement the story

      31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

      The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

      and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

      lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

      diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

      processing amp analysis and event management services

      Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

      Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

      studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

      under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

      experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

      commitment

      Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

      including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

      experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

      a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

      resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

      accuracy in collecting relevant information

      In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

      research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

      remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

      close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

      further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

      objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

      workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

      independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

      alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

      experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

      9

      uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

      and reliability

      The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

      Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

      All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

      Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

      organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

      quality

      The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

      management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

      Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

      professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

      Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

      conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

      32 Organization Chart

      The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

      centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

      10

      33 Services Offered

      The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

      Social amp Environmental Research

      Business Communication Service

      Automotive Research

      Agricultural Research

      Business to Business Research

      HR Management Service

      Media Research

      Mystery Shopping

      Qualitative Research

      Quantitative Research

      Retail Study

      Healthcare Research

      Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

      11

      Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

      34 Qualitative Research

      SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

      business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

      to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

      diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

      The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

      operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

      motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

      the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

      well

      The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

      products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

      considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

      Usage and attitude studies

      Brand equity studies

      Segmentation studies

      Positioning research

      Communication development and evaluation

      Packaging evaluation studies

      New product development studies

      The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

      housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

      including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

      The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

      bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

      creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

      Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

      35 Quantitative Research

      The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

      in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

      products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

      financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

      12

      all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

      providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

      The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

      provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

      efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

      At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

      country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

      procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

      data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

      Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

      to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

      Customer satisfaction

      Mystery shopping

      Product testing

      Retailing sector

      Modeling and data mining

      Insurance sector

      Banking sector

      36 Recent Projects

      There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

      more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

      Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

      Project Name Client Period of Study

      1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

      CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

      June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

      2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

      British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

      June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

      3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

      AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

      4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

      Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

      5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

      13

      USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

      6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

      British CouncilDhaka

      January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

      7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

      HSBC BangladeshDhaka

      August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

      8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

      The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

      May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

      9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

      Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

      10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

      11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

      12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

      13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

      US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

      October 2008 toMarch 2009

      37 Key Clients

      SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

      A International Clients

      Cisco USA

      HSBC Hong Kong

      Telenor Norway

      Nokia Hong Kong

      Microsoft USA

      Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

      ARD Inc USA

      14

      BHP-Engineering Australia

      BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

      Nomura Research Institute Japan

      International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

      Carana Corporation USA

      International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

      SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

      ECI Telecom Inc USA

      Dacom Corporation Korea

      Korea Telecom Korea

      Tata Steel India

      Bare Associates International USA

      Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

      Tessival SPA Italy

      G P Group of Companies Thailand

      Singer Worldwide USA

      Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

      Carana Corporation USA

      TOTAL FINA ELF France

      Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

      Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

      Quantum Market Research India

      BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

      Pew Research Centre USA

      Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

      Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

      Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

      Horizon Research Singapore

      Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

      Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

      Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

      Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

      Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

      Syngenta Hong Kong

      Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

      Sungwon Corporation Korea

      Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

      15

      Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

      Quest International UK

      Veraz Telecom USA

      Canadian High Commission Dhaka

      Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

      China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

      BlueScope Steel Australia

      International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

      WorldFish Centre Malaysia

      Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

      Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

      Synovate Hong Kong

      Cairn Energy Bangladesh

      AQ Services International Singapore

      Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

      Columbia University USA

      B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

      The World Bank

      United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

      United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

      UNICEF Bangladesh

      Asian Development Bank (ADB)

      International Finance Corporation (IFC)

      Commonwealth Secretariat UK

      Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

      Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

      United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

      Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

      Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

      International Jute Organization (IJO)

      CARE Bangladesh

      SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

      Swisscontact-Katalyst

      World Vision of Bangladesh

      JOBS [A USAID Project]

      OXFAM Bangladesh

      Concern Bangladesh

      16

      German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

      DFID Bangladesh

      C Domestic Clients

      Unilever Bangladesh

      British America Tobacco

      Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

      Social Marketing Company (SMC)

      Olympic Industries

      Bengal Group of Industries

      A K Khan Group

      Bashundhara Group of Companies

      Mutual Group

      Baraka Group

      SQ Group

      Rangs Electronics Ltd

      Alfa Tobacco Group

      Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

      Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

      Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

      M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

      Givenchy Group

      Grameen Bank

      Alfa Tobacco Group

      Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

      BASIC Bank Ltd

      Grameen Uddog

      Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

      McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

      Grameen Shamogree

      Tripti Industries

      Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

      Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

      Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

      Brothers Group

      Syngenta

      Giant Group

      17

      Bell Corporation

      Anlima Group

      Grameen Telecom

      Grameen Phone

      Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

      Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

      Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

      Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

      Modern Erection Dhaka

      BRAC Bank Bangladesh

      38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

      M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

      Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

      Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

      combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

      CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

      FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

      More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

      Research (qualitative and quantitative)

      Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

      Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

      presentation on various management and business promotion issues

      Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

      Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

      National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

      Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

      Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

      Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

      Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

      18

      Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

      Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

      national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

      Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

      ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

      Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

      Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

      Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

      19

      40 Jobs Performed During Internship

      While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

      that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

      perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

      model

      41 Duties and Responsibilities

      The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

      weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

      In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

      credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

      While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

      extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

      most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

      42 Completion of the Assignments

      Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

      the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

      research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

      421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

      It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

      (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

      take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

      was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

      (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

      to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

      successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

      to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

      experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

      like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

      Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

      20

      422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

      This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

      Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

      effectively

      423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

      Wave 9

      This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

      training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

      place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

      424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

      It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

      observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

      43 Benefits of the Program

      Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

      1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

      to provide critical real world research method information

      1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

      having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

      a research job in the near future

      1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

      from the research experts and consultants

      1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

      from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

      and share ideas

      1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

      perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

      21

      50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

      This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

      study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

      Methodology can be defined as

      the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

      the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

      a particular procedure or set of procedures

      Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

      comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

      what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

      methodology and finally the justification for it

      51 Background of the study

      This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

      some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

      the goal of this study

      511 Definition of the Business Problem

      The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

      acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

      We need to be able to

      1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

      2 Identify new sectors for growth

      3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

      512 Research Objectives

      To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

      To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

      Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

      In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

      22

      1 Top 6 public universities

      2 Top 5 private universities

      3 Professional associations

      4 Government

      5 Private sector

      Suggested areas of research

      Which foreign qualifications are known

      Which foreign qualifications are accepted

      Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

      Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

      Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

      Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

      52 Methodology

      After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

      research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

      effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

      studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

      same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

      The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

      it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

      two methodologies

      521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

      In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

      statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

      of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

      objectivity

      Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

      through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

      and standardised data

      Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

      23

      1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

      2 Tabulate

      3 Summarise data

      4 Analyse data

      5 Draw conclusions

      Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

      explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

      utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

      look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

      tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

      behavioural component such as attendance at class

      So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

      educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

      Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

      They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

      Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

      Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

      These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

      arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

      limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

      reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

      collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

      choice of quantitative methodology for this study

      A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

      situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

      by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

      Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

      According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

      observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

      measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

      their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

      they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

      this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

      quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

      what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

      24

      ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

      ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

      of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

      qualitative approach

      522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

      Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

      quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

      natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

      than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

      structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

      Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

      comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

      Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

      1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

      2 Record what is said andor done

      3 Interpret

      4 Return to observeask more questions

      5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

      6 Theorising

      7 Draw conclusions

      Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

      point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

      are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

      approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

      knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

      affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

      understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

      and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

      behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

      behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

      sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

      subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

      understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

      research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

      marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

      25

      practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

      of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

      practice to satisfy customer needs

      523 Criticism on FGD

      By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

      discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

      course of the discussions

      Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

      (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

      seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

      decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

      they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

      community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

      Gibbs 1997)

      A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

      This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

      ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

      social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

      for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

      sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

      to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

      emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

      wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

      recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

      the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

      also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

      discussion evolves

      The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

      In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

      time and budget constraints

      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

      26

      Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

      supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

      study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

      constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

      Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

      even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

      dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

      assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

      4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

      that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

      descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

      methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

      keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

      the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

      The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

      approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

      methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

      achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

      final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

      qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

      117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

      maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

      credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

      difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

      27

      60 Conclusion and Recommendation

      It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

      research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

      very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

      is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

      the result which is the goal of all research works

      So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

      understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

      without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

      tough to express in an internship report

      So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

      SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

      internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

      experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

      An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

      organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

      Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

      minimized with a training program

      A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

      recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

      helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

      should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

      alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

      SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

      human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

      better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

      A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

      becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

      coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

      preparation and building it as a strong local brand

      28

      Bibliography

      Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

      Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

      Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

      Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

      Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

      Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

      Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

      Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

      Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

      Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

      Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

      Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

      Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

      Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

      Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

      Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

      29

      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

      4

      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

      SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

      Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

      Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

      Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

      MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

      InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

      InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

      Government Multinational Local

      Gender Male Female

      30

      srgbb

      1 2 3

      654

      1 2

      Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

      31

      Issues to be Discussed

      Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

      UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

      privatizing of state run assets by the government

      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

      What are their acceptance levels at your organization

      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

      What are their relative importance or weight levels

      Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

      Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

      If yes how do you provide the training

      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

      What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

      What are the reasons behind those polices

      32

      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

      Localo Privateo Public

      USA Australia Canada UK Others

      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

      What are their variations at your own company

      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

      Why are they doing this rather than university course

      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

      How many students could be interested for UK universities

      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

      10

      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

      33

      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

      11

      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

      How should UK universities address them

      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

      12

      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

      13

      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

      14

      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

      15

      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

      What are relative weights of these constraints

      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

      34

      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

      16

      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

      35

      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

      4

      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

      Type of University Public Private

      Gender Male Female

      36

      2

      srgbbb

      1 2

      1

      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

      37

      Issues to be Discussed

      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

      privatizing of state run assets by the government

      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

      What are their acceptance levels in general

      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

      Why are they doing this rather than university course

      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

      38

      How many students could be interested for UK universities

      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

      10

      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

      11

      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

      How should UK universities address them

      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

      could be competitive

      13

      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

      14

      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

      15

      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

      What are quality levels of private education

      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

      39

      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

      16

      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

      40

      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
      • 10 INTRODUCTION
        • 11 Origin of the Report
        • 12 Objective
        • 13 Methodology
        • 14 Scope
        • 15 Limitations
          • 20 Industry Overview
            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
              • 211 Market segments
              • 212 Player groups
                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                      • 30 Company Overview
                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                        • 32 Organization Chart
                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                        • 36 Recent Projects
                        • 37 Key Clients
                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                        • 52 Methodology
                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                              • Bibliography
                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

        ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

        First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

        report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

        made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

        his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

        The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

        Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

        of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

        Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

        HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

        I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

        internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

        needed from them

        Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

        Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

        iii

        July 11 2009

        Chairperson

        Internship and Placement

        Institute of Business Administration

        University of Dhaka

        Dhaka ndash 1000

        Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

        Dear Sir

        As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

        Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

        analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

        matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

        I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

        research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

        and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

        the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

        reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

        instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

        I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

        the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

        clarification at your convenience

        Sincerely yours

        Noman Ahemd Khan

        Roll 16

        Batch ndash 41(D)

        iv

        Table of Contents

        EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

        10 INTRODUCTION1

        11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

        20 Industry Overview3

        21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

        22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

        30 Company Overview9

        31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

        40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

        41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

        421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

        43 Benefits of the Program 21

        50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

        Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

        51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

        52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

        v

        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

        Bibliography29

        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

        vi

        List of Figures

        Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

        Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

        Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

        Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

        vii

        EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

        This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

        practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

        firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

        theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

        that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

        effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

        Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

        day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

        and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

        the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

        organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

        and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

        for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

        consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

        hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

        management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

        important and effective skills

        Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

        very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

        total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

        in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

        internship

        The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

        Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

        Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

        from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

        SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

        recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

        efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

        remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

        viii

        hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

        overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

        Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

        were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

        continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

        is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

        therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

        types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

        people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

        private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

        helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

        the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

        learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

        mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

        management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

        International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

        BMET UGC etc were interviewed

        ix

        10 INTRODUCTION

        Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

        day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

        generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

        process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

        helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

        problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

        consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

        access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

        project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

        market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

        to learn some most important and effective skills

        11 Origin of the Report

        As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

        proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

        The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

        in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

        Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

        Business Administration

        12 Objective

        The Primary Objective of this report is

        To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

        Secondary objectives are

        To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

        To observe the implementation of the methods

        To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

        Search for the justifications behind the gaps

        13 Methodology

        The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

        extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

        1

        and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

        Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

        14 Scope

        SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

        change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

        Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

        reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

        practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

        time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

        15 Limitations

        Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

        be summarized as follows

        No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

        For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

        Only internal specialists were interviewed

        20 Industry Overview

        2

        Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

        worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

        understand the situation with more depth

        21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

        The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

        player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

        player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

        ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

        Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

        statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

        can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

        211 Market segments

        In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

        consultants

        The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

        years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

        DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

        significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

        equally spread across the market segments

        Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

        Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

        Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

        Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

        Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

        3

        Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

        These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

        the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

        SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

        their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

        Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

        remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

        BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

        consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

        4

        All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

        globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

        212 Player groups

        In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

        Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

        the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

        Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

        sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

        consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

        designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

        Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

        Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

        5

        In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

        distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

        smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

        Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

        This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

        medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

        by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

        average of 9 and 25 only

        With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

        Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

        limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

        across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

        sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

        clients for further consulting and auditing activities

        According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

        consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

        the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

        cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

        areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

        An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

        heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

        aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

        more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

        6

        rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

        in the new economy in 2000

        22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

        Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

        find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

        The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

        players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

        completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

        of other three firms

        221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

        ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

        has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

        300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

        bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

        have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

        development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

        international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

        techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

        dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

        we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

        fields of operation later

        222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

        Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

        research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

        research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

        and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

        to IMRBs expertise

        Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

        Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

        national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

        Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

        7

        audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

        national level household consumer panel since 2005

        223 The Nielsen Company

        The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

        research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

        analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

        their markets

        Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

        behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

        applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

        conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

        their market context

        BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

        forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

        business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

        commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

        adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

        8

        30 Company Overview

        The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

        the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

        complement the story

        31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

        The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

        and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

        lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

        diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

        processing amp analysis and event management services

        Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

        Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

        studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

        under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

        experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

        commitment

        Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

        including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

        experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

        a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

        resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

        accuracy in collecting relevant information

        In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

        research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

        remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

        close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

        further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

        objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

        workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

        independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

        alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

        experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

        9

        uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

        and reliability

        The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

        Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

        All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

        Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

        organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

        quality

        The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

        management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

        Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

        professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

        Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

        conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

        32 Organization Chart

        The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

        centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

        10

        33 Services Offered

        The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

        Social amp Environmental Research

        Business Communication Service

        Automotive Research

        Agricultural Research

        Business to Business Research

        HR Management Service

        Media Research

        Mystery Shopping

        Qualitative Research

        Quantitative Research

        Retail Study

        Healthcare Research

        Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

        11

        Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

        34 Qualitative Research

        SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

        business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

        to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

        diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

        The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

        operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

        motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

        the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

        well

        The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

        products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

        considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

        Usage and attitude studies

        Brand equity studies

        Segmentation studies

        Positioning research

        Communication development and evaluation

        Packaging evaluation studies

        New product development studies

        The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

        housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

        including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

        The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

        bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

        creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

        Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

        35 Quantitative Research

        The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

        in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

        products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

        financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

        12

        all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

        providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

        The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

        provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

        efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

        At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

        country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

        procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

        data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

        Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

        to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

        Customer satisfaction

        Mystery shopping

        Product testing

        Retailing sector

        Modeling and data mining

        Insurance sector

        Banking sector

        36 Recent Projects

        There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

        more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

        Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

        Project Name Client Period of Study

        1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

        CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

        June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

        2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

        British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

        June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

        3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

        AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

        4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

        Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

        5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

        13

        USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

        6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

        British CouncilDhaka

        January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

        7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

        HSBC BangladeshDhaka

        August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

        8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

        The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

        May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

        9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

        Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

        10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

        11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

        12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

        13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

        US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

        October 2008 toMarch 2009

        37 Key Clients

        SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

        A International Clients

        Cisco USA

        HSBC Hong Kong

        Telenor Norway

        Nokia Hong Kong

        Microsoft USA

        Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

        ARD Inc USA

        14

        BHP-Engineering Australia

        BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

        Nomura Research Institute Japan

        International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

        Carana Corporation USA

        International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

        SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

        ECI Telecom Inc USA

        Dacom Corporation Korea

        Korea Telecom Korea

        Tata Steel India

        Bare Associates International USA

        Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

        Tessival SPA Italy

        G P Group of Companies Thailand

        Singer Worldwide USA

        Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

        Carana Corporation USA

        TOTAL FINA ELF France

        Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

        Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

        Quantum Market Research India

        BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

        Pew Research Centre USA

        Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

        Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

        Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

        Horizon Research Singapore

        Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

        Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

        Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

        Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

        Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

        Syngenta Hong Kong

        Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

        Sungwon Corporation Korea

        Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

        15

        Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

        Quest International UK

        Veraz Telecom USA

        Canadian High Commission Dhaka

        Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

        China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

        BlueScope Steel Australia

        International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

        WorldFish Centre Malaysia

        Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

        Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

        Synovate Hong Kong

        Cairn Energy Bangladesh

        AQ Services International Singapore

        Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

        Columbia University USA

        B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

        The World Bank

        United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

        United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

        UNICEF Bangladesh

        Asian Development Bank (ADB)

        International Finance Corporation (IFC)

        Commonwealth Secretariat UK

        Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

        Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

        United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

        Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

        Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

        International Jute Organization (IJO)

        CARE Bangladesh

        SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

        Swisscontact-Katalyst

        World Vision of Bangladesh

        JOBS [A USAID Project]

        OXFAM Bangladesh

        Concern Bangladesh

        16

        German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

        DFID Bangladesh

        C Domestic Clients

        Unilever Bangladesh

        British America Tobacco

        Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

        Social Marketing Company (SMC)

        Olympic Industries

        Bengal Group of Industries

        A K Khan Group

        Bashundhara Group of Companies

        Mutual Group

        Baraka Group

        SQ Group

        Rangs Electronics Ltd

        Alfa Tobacco Group

        Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

        Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

        Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

        M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

        Givenchy Group

        Grameen Bank

        Alfa Tobacco Group

        Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

        BASIC Bank Ltd

        Grameen Uddog

        Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

        McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

        Grameen Shamogree

        Tripti Industries

        Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

        Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

        Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

        Brothers Group

        Syngenta

        Giant Group

        17

        Bell Corporation

        Anlima Group

        Grameen Telecom

        Grameen Phone

        Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

        Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

        Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

        Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

        Modern Erection Dhaka

        BRAC Bank Bangladesh

        38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

        M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

        Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

        Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

        combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

        CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

        FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

        More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

        Research (qualitative and quantitative)

        Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

        Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

        presentation on various management and business promotion issues

        Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

        Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

        National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

        Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

        Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

        Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

        Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

        18

        Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

        Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

        national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

        Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

        ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

        Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

        Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

        Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

        19

        40 Jobs Performed During Internship

        While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

        that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

        perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

        model

        41 Duties and Responsibilities

        The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

        weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

        In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

        credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

        While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

        extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

        most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

        42 Completion of the Assignments

        Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

        the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

        research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

        421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

        It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

        (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

        take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

        was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

        (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

        to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

        successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

        to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

        experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

        like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

        Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

        20

        422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

        This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

        Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

        effectively

        423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

        Wave 9

        This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

        training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

        place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

        424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

        It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

        observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

        43 Benefits of the Program

        Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

        1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

        to provide critical real world research method information

        1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

        having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

        a research job in the near future

        1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

        from the research experts and consultants

        1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

        from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

        and share ideas

        1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

        perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

        21

        50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

        This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

        study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

        Methodology can be defined as

        the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

        the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

        a particular procedure or set of procedures

        Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

        comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

        what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

        methodology and finally the justification for it

        51 Background of the study

        This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

        some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

        the goal of this study

        511 Definition of the Business Problem

        The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

        acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

        We need to be able to

        1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

        2 Identify new sectors for growth

        3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

        512 Research Objectives

        To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

        To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

        Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

        In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

        22

        1 Top 6 public universities

        2 Top 5 private universities

        3 Professional associations

        4 Government

        5 Private sector

        Suggested areas of research

        Which foreign qualifications are known

        Which foreign qualifications are accepted

        Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

        Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

        Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

        Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

        52 Methodology

        After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

        research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

        effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

        studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

        same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

        The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

        it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

        two methodologies

        521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

        In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

        statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

        of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

        objectivity

        Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

        through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

        and standardised data

        Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

        23

        1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

        2 Tabulate

        3 Summarise data

        4 Analyse data

        5 Draw conclusions

        Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

        explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

        utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

        look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

        tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

        behavioural component such as attendance at class

        So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

        educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

        Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

        They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

        Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

        Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

        These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

        arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

        limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

        reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

        collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

        choice of quantitative methodology for this study

        A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

        situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

        by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

        Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

        According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

        observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

        measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

        their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

        they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

        this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

        quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

        what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

        24

        ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

        ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

        of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

        qualitative approach

        522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

        Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

        quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

        natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

        than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

        structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

        Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

        comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

        Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

        1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

        2 Record what is said andor done

        3 Interpret

        4 Return to observeask more questions

        5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

        6 Theorising

        7 Draw conclusions

        Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

        point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

        are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

        approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

        knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

        affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

        understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

        and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

        behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

        behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

        sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

        subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

        understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

        research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

        marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

        25

        practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

        of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

        practice to satisfy customer needs

        523 Criticism on FGD

        By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

        discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

        course of the discussions

        Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

        (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

        seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

        decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

        they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

        community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

        Gibbs 1997)

        A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

        This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

        ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

        social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

        for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

        sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

        to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

        emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

        wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

        recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

        the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

        also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

        discussion evolves

        The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

        In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

        time and budget constraints

        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

        26

        Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

        supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

        study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

        constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

        Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

        even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

        dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

        assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

        4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

        that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

        descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

        methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

        keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

        the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

        The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

        approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

        methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

        achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

        final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

        qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

        117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

        maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

        credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

        difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

        27

        60 Conclusion and Recommendation

        It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

        research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

        very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

        is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

        the result which is the goal of all research works

        So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

        understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

        without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

        tough to express in an internship report

        So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

        SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

        internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

        experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

        An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

        organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

        Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

        minimized with a training program

        A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

        recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

        helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

        should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

        alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

        SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

        human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

        better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

        A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

        becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

        coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

        preparation and building it as a strong local brand

        28

        Bibliography

        Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

        Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

        Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

        Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

        Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

        Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

        Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

        Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

        Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

        Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

        Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

        Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

        Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

        Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

        Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

        Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

        29

        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

        4

        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

        SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

        Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

        Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

        Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

        MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

        InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

        InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

        Government Multinational Local

        Gender Male Female

        30

        srgbb

        1 2 3

        654

        1 2

        Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

        31

        Issues to be Discussed

        Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

        UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

        privatizing of state run assets by the government

        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

        What are their acceptance levels at your organization

        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

        What are their relative importance or weight levels

        Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

        Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

        If yes how do you provide the training

        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

        What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

        What are the reasons behind those polices

        32

        What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

        Localo Privateo Public

        USA Australia Canada UK Others

        What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

        What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

        Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

        Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

        Local university degreeso Privateo Public

        Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

        What are their variations at your own company

        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

        7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

        Why are they doing this rather than university course

        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

        How many students could be interested for UK universities

        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

        10

        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

        33

        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

        11

        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

        How should UK universities address them

        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

        12

        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

        13

        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

        14

        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

        15

        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

        What are relative weights of these constraints

        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

        34

        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

        16

        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

        35

        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

        4

        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

        Type of University Public Private

        Gender Male Female

        36

        2

        srgbbb

        1 2

        1

        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

        37

        Issues to be Discussed

        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

        privatizing of state run assets by the government

        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

        What are their acceptance levels in general

        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

        Why are they doing this rather than university course

        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

        38

        How many students could be interested for UK universities

        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

        10

        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

        11

        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

        How should UK universities address them

        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

        could be competitive

        13

        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

        14

        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

        15

        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

        What are quality levels of private education

        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

        39

        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

        16

        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

        40

        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
        • 10 INTRODUCTION
          • 11 Origin of the Report
          • 12 Objective
          • 13 Methodology
          • 14 Scope
          • 15 Limitations
            • 20 Industry Overview
              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                • 211 Market segments
                • 212 Player groups
                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                        • 30 Company Overview
                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                          • 32 Organization Chart
                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                          • 36 Recent Projects
                          • 37 Key Clients
                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                          • 52 Methodology
                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                • Bibliography
                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

          July 11 2009

          Chairperson

          Internship and Placement

          Institute of Business Administration

          University of Dhaka

          Dhaka ndash 1000

          Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

          Dear Sir

          As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

          Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

          analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

          matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

          I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

          research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

          and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

          the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

          reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

          instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

          I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

          the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

          clarification at your convenience

          Sincerely yours

          Noman Ahemd Khan

          Roll 16

          Batch ndash 41(D)

          iv

          Table of Contents

          EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

          10 INTRODUCTION1

          11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

          20 Industry Overview3

          21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

          22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

          30 Company Overview9

          31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

          40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

          41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

          421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

          43 Benefits of the Program 21

          50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

          Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

          51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

          52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

          v

          524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

          Bibliography29

          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

          vi

          List of Figures

          Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

          Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

          Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

          Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

          vii

          EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

          This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

          practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

          firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

          theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

          that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

          effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

          Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

          day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

          and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

          the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

          organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

          and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

          for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

          consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

          hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

          management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

          important and effective skills

          Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

          very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

          total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

          in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

          internship

          The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

          Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

          Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

          from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

          SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

          recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

          efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

          remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

          viii

          hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

          overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

          Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

          were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

          continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

          is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

          therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

          types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

          people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

          private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

          helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

          the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

          learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

          mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

          management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

          International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

          BMET UGC etc were interviewed

          ix

          10 INTRODUCTION

          Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

          day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

          generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

          process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

          helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

          problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

          consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

          access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

          project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

          market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

          to learn some most important and effective skills

          11 Origin of the Report

          As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

          proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

          The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

          in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

          Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

          Business Administration

          12 Objective

          The Primary Objective of this report is

          To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

          Secondary objectives are

          To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

          To observe the implementation of the methods

          To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

          Search for the justifications behind the gaps

          13 Methodology

          The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

          extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

          1

          and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

          Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

          14 Scope

          SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

          change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

          Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

          reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

          practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

          time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

          15 Limitations

          Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

          be summarized as follows

          No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

          For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

          Only internal specialists were interviewed

          20 Industry Overview

          2

          Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

          worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

          understand the situation with more depth

          21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

          The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

          player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

          player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

          ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

          Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

          statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

          can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

          211 Market segments

          In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

          consultants

          The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

          years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

          DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

          significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

          equally spread across the market segments

          Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

          Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

          Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

          Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

          Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

          3

          Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

          These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

          the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

          SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

          their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

          Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

          remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

          BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

          consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

          4

          All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

          globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

          212 Player groups

          In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

          Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

          the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

          Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

          sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

          consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

          designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

          Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

          Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

          5

          In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

          distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

          smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

          Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

          This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

          medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

          by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

          average of 9 and 25 only

          With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

          Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

          limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

          across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

          sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

          clients for further consulting and auditing activities

          According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

          consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

          the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

          cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

          areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

          An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

          heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

          aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

          more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

          6

          rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

          in the new economy in 2000

          22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

          Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

          find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

          The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

          players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

          completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

          of other three firms

          221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

          ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

          has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

          300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

          bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

          have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

          development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

          international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

          techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

          dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

          we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

          fields of operation later

          222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

          Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

          research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

          research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

          and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

          to IMRBs expertise

          Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

          Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

          national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

          Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

          7

          audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

          national level household consumer panel since 2005

          223 The Nielsen Company

          The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

          research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

          analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

          their markets

          Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

          behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

          applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

          conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

          their market context

          BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

          forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

          business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

          commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

          adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

          8

          30 Company Overview

          The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

          the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

          complement the story

          31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

          The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

          and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

          lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

          diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

          processing amp analysis and event management services

          Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

          Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

          studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

          under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

          experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

          commitment

          Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

          including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

          experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

          a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

          resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

          accuracy in collecting relevant information

          In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

          research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

          remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

          close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

          further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

          objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

          workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

          independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

          alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

          experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

          9

          uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

          and reliability

          The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

          Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

          All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

          Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

          organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

          quality

          The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

          management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

          Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

          professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

          Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

          conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

          32 Organization Chart

          The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

          centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

          10

          33 Services Offered

          The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

          Social amp Environmental Research

          Business Communication Service

          Automotive Research

          Agricultural Research

          Business to Business Research

          HR Management Service

          Media Research

          Mystery Shopping

          Qualitative Research

          Quantitative Research

          Retail Study

          Healthcare Research

          Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

          11

          Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

          34 Qualitative Research

          SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

          business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

          to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

          diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

          The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

          operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

          motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

          the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

          well

          The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

          products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

          considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

          Usage and attitude studies

          Brand equity studies

          Segmentation studies

          Positioning research

          Communication development and evaluation

          Packaging evaluation studies

          New product development studies

          The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

          housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

          including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

          The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

          bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

          creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

          Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

          35 Quantitative Research

          The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

          in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

          products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

          financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

          12

          all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

          providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

          The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

          provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

          efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

          At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

          country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

          procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

          data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

          Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

          to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

          Customer satisfaction

          Mystery shopping

          Product testing

          Retailing sector

          Modeling and data mining

          Insurance sector

          Banking sector

          36 Recent Projects

          There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

          more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

          Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

          Project Name Client Period of Study

          1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

          CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

          June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

          2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

          British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

          June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

          3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

          AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

          4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

          Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

          5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

          13

          USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

          6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

          British CouncilDhaka

          January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

          7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

          HSBC BangladeshDhaka

          August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

          8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

          The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

          May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

          9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

          Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

          10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

          11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

          12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

          13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

          US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

          October 2008 toMarch 2009

          37 Key Clients

          SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

          A International Clients

          Cisco USA

          HSBC Hong Kong

          Telenor Norway

          Nokia Hong Kong

          Microsoft USA

          Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

          ARD Inc USA

          14

          BHP-Engineering Australia

          BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

          Nomura Research Institute Japan

          International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

          Carana Corporation USA

          International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

          SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

          ECI Telecom Inc USA

          Dacom Corporation Korea

          Korea Telecom Korea

          Tata Steel India

          Bare Associates International USA

          Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

          Tessival SPA Italy

          G P Group of Companies Thailand

          Singer Worldwide USA

          Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

          Carana Corporation USA

          TOTAL FINA ELF France

          Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

          Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

          Quantum Market Research India

          BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

          Pew Research Centre USA

          Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

          Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

          Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

          Horizon Research Singapore

          Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

          Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

          Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

          Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

          Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

          Syngenta Hong Kong

          Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

          Sungwon Corporation Korea

          Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

          15

          Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

          Quest International UK

          Veraz Telecom USA

          Canadian High Commission Dhaka

          Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

          China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

          BlueScope Steel Australia

          International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

          WorldFish Centre Malaysia

          Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

          Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

          Synovate Hong Kong

          Cairn Energy Bangladesh

          AQ Services International Singapore

          Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

          Columbia University USA

          B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

          The World Bank

          United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

          United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

          UNICEF Bangladesh

          Asian Development Bank (ADB)

          International Finance Corporation (IFC)

          Commonwealth Secretariat UK

          Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

          Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

          United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

          Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

          Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

          International Jute Organization (IJO)

          CARE Bangladesh

          SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

          Swisscontact-Katalyst

          World Vision of Bangladesh

          JOBS [A USAID Project]

          OXFAM Bangladesh

          Concern Bangladesh

          16

          German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

          DFID Bangladesh

          C Domestic Clients

          Unilever Bangladesh

          British America Tobacco

          Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

          Social Marketing Company (SMC)

          Olympic Industries

          Bengal Group of Industries

          A K Khan Group

          Bashundhara Group of Companies

          Mutual Group

          Baraka Group

          SQ Group

          Rangs Electronics Ltd

          Alfa Tobacco Group

          Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

          Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

          Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

          M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

          Givenchy Group

          Grameen Bank

          Alfa Tobacco Group

          Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

          BASIC Bank Ltd

          Grameen Uddog

          Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

          McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

          Grameen Shamogree

          Tripti Industries

          Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

          Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

          Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

          Brothers Group

          Syngenta

          Giant Group

          17

          Bell Corporation

          Anlima Group

          Grameen Telecom

          Grameen Phone

          Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

          Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

          Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

          Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

          Modern Erection Dhaka

          BRAC Bank Bangladesh

          38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

          M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

          Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

          Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

          combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

          CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

          FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

          More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

          Research (qualitative and quantitative)

          Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

          Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

          presentation on various management and business promotion issues

          Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

          Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

          National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

          Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

          Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

          Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

          Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

          18

          Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

          Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

          national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

          Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

          ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

          Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

          Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

          Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

          19

          40 Jobs Performed During Internship

          While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

          that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

          perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

          model

          41 Duties and Responsibilities

          The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

          weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

          In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

          credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

          While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

          extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

          most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

          42 Completion of the Assignments

          Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

          the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

          research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

          421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

          It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

          (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

          take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

          was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

          (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

          to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

          successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

          to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

          experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

          like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

          Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

          20

          422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

          This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

          Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

          effectively

          423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

          Wave 9

          This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

          training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

          place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

          424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

          It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

          observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

          43 Benefits of the Program

          Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

          1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

          to provide critical real world research method information

          1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

          having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

          a research job in the near future

          1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

          from the research experts and consultants

          1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

          from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

          and share ideas

          1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

          perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

          21

          50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

          This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

          study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

          Methodology can be defined as

          the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

          the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

          a particular procedure or set of procedures

          Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

          comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

          what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

          methodology and finally the justification for it

          51 Background of the study

          This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

          some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

          the goal of this study

          511 Definition of the Business Problem

          The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

          acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

          We need to be able to

          1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

          2 Identify new sectors for growth

          3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

          512 Research Objectives

          To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

          To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

          Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

          In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

          22

          1 Top 6 public universities

          2 Top 5 private universities

          3 Professional associations

          4 Government

          5 Private sector

          Suggested areas of research

          Which foreign qualifications are known

          Which foreign qualifications are accepted

          Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

          Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

          Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

          Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

          52 Methodology

          After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

          research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

          effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

          studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

          same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

          The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

          it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

          two methodologies

          521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

          In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

          statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

          of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

          objectivity

          Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

          through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

          and standardised data

          Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

          23

          1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

          2 Tabulate

          3 Summarise data

          4 Analyse data

          5 Draw conclusions

          Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

          explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

          utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

          look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

          tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

          behavioural component such as attendance at class

          So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

          educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

          Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

          They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

          Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

          Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

          These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

          arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

          limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

          reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

          collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

          choice of quantitative methodology for this study

          A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

          situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

          by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

          Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

          According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

          observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

          measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

          their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

          they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

          this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

          quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

          what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

          24

          ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

          ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

          of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

          qualitative approach

          522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

          Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

          quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

          natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

          than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

          structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

          Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

          comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

          Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

          1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

          2 Record what is said andor done

          3 Interpret

          4 Return to observeask more questions

          5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

          6 Theorising

          7 Draw conclusions

          Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

          point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

          are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

          approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

          knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

          affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

          understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

          and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

          behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

          behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

          sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

          subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

          understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

          research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

          marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

          25

          practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

          of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

          practice to satisfy customer needs

          523 Criticism on FGD

          By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

          discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

          course of the discussions

          Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

          (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

          seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

          decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

          they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

          community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

          Gibbs 1997)

          A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

          This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

          ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

          social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

          for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

          sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

          to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

          emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

          wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

          recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

          the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

          also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

          discussion evolves

          The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

          In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

          time and budget constraints

          524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

          26

          Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

          supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

          study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

          constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

          Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

          even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

          dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

          assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

          4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

          that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

          descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

          methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

          keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

          the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

          The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

          approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

          methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

          achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

          final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

          qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

          117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

          maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

          credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

          difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

          27

          60 Conclusion and Recommendation

          It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

          research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

          very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

          is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

          the result which is the goal of all research works

          So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

          understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

          without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

          tough to express in an internship report

          So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

          SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

          internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

          experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

          An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

          organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

          Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

          minimized with a training program

          A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

          recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

          helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

          should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

          alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

          SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

          human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

          better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

          A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

          becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

          coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

          preparation and building it as a strong local brand

          28

          Bibliography

          Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

          Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

          Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

          Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

          Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

          Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

          Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

          Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

          Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

          Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

          Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

          Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

          Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

          Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

          Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

          Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

          29

          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

          4

          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

          SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

          Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

          Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

          Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

          MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

          InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

          InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

          Government Multinational Local

          Gender Male Female

          30

          srgbb

          1 2 3

          654

          1 2

          Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

          31

          Issues to be Discussed

          Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

          UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

          privatizing of state run assets by the government

          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

          What are their acceptance levels at your organization

          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

          What are their relative importance or weight levels

          Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

          Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

          If yes how do you provide the training

          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

          What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

          What are the reasons behind those polices

          32

          What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

          Localo Privateo Public

          USA Australia Canada UK Others

          What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

          What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

          Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

          Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

          Local university degreeso Privateo Public

          Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

          What are their variations at your own company

          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

          7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

          Why are they doing this rather than university course

          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

          How many students could be interested for UK universities

          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

          10

          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

          33

          brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

          11

          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

          How should UK universities address them

          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

          12

          What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

          13

          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

          14

          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

          15

          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

          What are relative weights of these constraints

          What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

          34

          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

          16

          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

          35

          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

          4

          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

          Type of University Public Private

          Gender Male Female

          36

          2

          srgbbb

          1 2

          1

          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

          37

          Issues to be Discussed

          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

          privatizing of state run assets by the government

          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

          What are their acceptance levels in general

          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

          Why are they doing this rather than university course

          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

          38

          How many students could be interested for UK universities

          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

          10

          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

          11

          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

          How should UK universities address them

          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

          could be competitive

          13

          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

          14

          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

          15

          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

          What are quality levels of private education

          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

          39

          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

          16

          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

          40

          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
          • 10 INTRODUCTION
            • 11 Origin of the Report
            • 12 Objective
            • 13 Methodology
            • 14 Scope
            • 15 Limitations
              • 20 Industry Overview
                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                  • 211 Market segments
                  • 212 Player groups
                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                          • 30 Company Overview
                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                            • 32 Organization Chart
                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                            • 36 Recent Projects
                            • 37 Key Clients
                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                            • 52 Methodology
                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                  • Bibliography
                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

            Table of Contents

            EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

            10 INTRODUCTION1

            11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

            20 Industry Overview3

            21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

            22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

            30 Company Overview9

            31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

            40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

            41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

            421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

            43 Benefits of the Program 21

            50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

            Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

            51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

            52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

            v

            524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

            Bibliography29

            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

            vi

            List of Figures

            Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

            Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

            Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

            Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

            vii

            EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

            This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

            practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

            firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

            theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

            that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

            effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

            Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

            day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

            and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

            the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

            organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

            and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

            for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

            consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

            hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

            management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

            important and effective skills

            Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

            very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

            total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

            in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

            internship

            The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

            Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

            Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

            from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

            SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

            recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

            efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

            remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

            viii

            hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

            overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

            Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

            were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

            continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

            is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

            therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

            types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

            people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

            private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

            helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

            the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

            learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

            mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

            management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

            International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

            BMET UGC etc were interviewed

            ix

            10 INTRODUCTION

            Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

            day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

            generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

            process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

            helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

            problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

            consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

            access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

            project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

            market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

            to learn some most important and effective skills

            11 Origin of the Report

            As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

            proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

            The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

            in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

            Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

            Business Administration

            12 Objective

            The Primary Objective of this report is

            To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

            Secondary objectives are

            To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

            To observe the implementation of the methods

            To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

            Search for the justifications behind the gaps

            13 Methodology

            The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

            extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

            1

            and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

            Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

            14 Scope

            SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

            change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

            Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

            reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

            practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

            time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

            15 Limitations

            Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

            be summarized as follows

            No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

            For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

            Only internal specialists were interviewed

            20 Industry Overview

            2

            Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

            worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

            understand the situation with more depth

            21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

            The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

            player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

            player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

            ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

            Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

            statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

            can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

            211 Market segments

            In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

            consultants

            The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

            years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

            DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

            significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

            equally spread across the market segments

            Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

            Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

            Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

            Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

            Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

            3

            Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

            These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

            the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

            SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

            their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

            Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

            remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

            BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

            consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

            4

            All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

            globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

            212 Player groups

            In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

            Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

            the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

            Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

            sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

            consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

            designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

            Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

            Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

            5

            In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

            distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

            smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

            Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

            This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

            medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

            by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

            average of 9 and 25 only

            With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

            Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

            limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

            across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

            sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

            clients for further consulting and auditing activities

            According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

            consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

            the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

            cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

            areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

            An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

            heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

            aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

            more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

            6

            rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

            in the new economy in 2000

            22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

            Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

            find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

            The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

            players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

            completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

            of other three firms

            221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

            ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

            has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

            300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

            bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

            have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

            development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

            international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

            techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

            dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

            we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

            fields of operation later

            222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

            Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

            research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

            research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

            and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

            to IMRBs expertise

            Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

            Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

            national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

            Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

            7

            audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

            national level household consumer panel since 2005

            223 The Nielsen Company

            The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

            research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

            analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

            their markets

            Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

            behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

            applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

            conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

            their market context

            BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

            forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

            business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

            commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

            adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

            8

            30 Company Overview

            The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

            the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

            complement the story

            31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

            The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

            and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

            lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

            diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

            processing amp analysis and event management services

            Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

            Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

            studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

            under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

            experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

            commitment

            Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

            including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

            experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

            a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

            resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

            accuracy in collecting relevant information

            In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

            research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

            remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

            close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

            further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

            objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

            workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

            independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

            alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

            experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

            9

            uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

            and reliability

            The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

            Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

            All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

            Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

            organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

            quality

            The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

            management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

            Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

            professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

            Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

            conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

            32 Organization Chart

            The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

            centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

            10

            33 Services Offered

            The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

            Social amp Environmental Research

            Business Communication Service

            Automotive Research

            Agricultural Research

            Business to Business Research

            HR Management Service

            Media Research

            Mystery Shopping

            Qualitative Research

            Quantitative Research

            Retail Study

            Healthcare Research

            Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

            11

            Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

            34 Qualitative Research

            SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

            business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

            to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

            diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

            The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

            operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

            motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

            the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

            well

            The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

            products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

            considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

            Usage and attitude studies

            Brand equity studies

            Segmentation studies

            Positioning research

            Communication development and evaluation

            Packaging evaluation studies

            New product development studies

            The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

            housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

            including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

            The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

            bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

            creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

            Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

            35 Quantitative Research

            The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

            in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

            products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

            financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

            12

            all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

            providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

            The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

            provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

            efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

            At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

            country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

            procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

            data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

            Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

            to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

            Customer satisfaction

            Mystery shopping

            Product testing

            Retailing sector

            Modeling and data mining

            Insurance sector

            Banking sector

            36 Recent Projects

            There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

            more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

            Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

            Project Name Client Period of Study

            1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

            CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

            June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

            2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

            British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

            June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

            3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

            AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

            4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

            Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

            5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

            13

            USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

            6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

            British CouncilDhaka

            January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

            7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

            HSBC BangladeshDhaka

            August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

            8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

            The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

            May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

            9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

            Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

            10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

            11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

            12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

            13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

            US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

            October 2008 toMarch 2009

            37 Key Clients

            SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

            A International Clients

            Cisco USA

            HSBC Hong Kong

            Telenor Norway

            Nokia Hong Kong

            Microsoft USA

            Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

            ARD Inc USA

            14

            BHP-Engineering Australia

            BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

            Nomura Research Institute Japan

            International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

            Carana Corporation USA

            International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

            SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

            ECI Telecom Inc USA

            Dacom Corporation Korea

            Korea Telecom Korea

            Tata Steel India

            Bare Associates International USA

            Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

            Tessival SPA Italy

            G P Group of Companies Thailand

            Singer Worldwide USA

            Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

            Carana Corporation USA

            TOTAL FINA ELF France

            Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

            Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

            Quantum Market Research India

            BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

            Pew Research Centre USA

            Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

            Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

            Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

            Horizon Research Singapore

            Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

            Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

            Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

            Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

            Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

            Syngenta Hong Kong

            Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

            Sungwon Corporation Korea

            Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

            15

            Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

            Quest International UK

            Veraz Telecom USA

            Canadian High Commission Dhaka

            Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

            China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

            BlueScope Steel Australia

            International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

            WorldFish Centre Malaysia

            Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

            Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

            Synovate Hong Kong

            Cairn Energy Bangladesh

            AQ Services International Singapore

            Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

            Columbia University USA

            B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

            The World Bank

            United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

            United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

            UNICEF Bangladesh

            Asian Development Bank (ADB)

            International Finance Corporation (IFC)

            Commonwealth Secretariat UK

            Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

            Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

            United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

            Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

            Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

            International Jute Organization (IJO)

            CARE Bangladesh

            SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

            Swisscontact-Katalyst

            World Vision of Bangladesh

            JOBS [A USAID Project]

            OXFAM Bangladesh

            Concern Bangladesh

            16

            German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

            DFID Bangladesh

            C Domestic Clients

            Unilever Bangladesh

            British America Tobacco

            Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

            Social Marketing Company (SMC)

            Olympic Industries

            Bengal Group of Industries

            A K Khan Group

            Bashundhara Group of Companies

            Mutual Group

            Baraka Group

            SQ Group

            Rangs Electronics Ltd

            Alfa Tobacco Group

            Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

            Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

            Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

            M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

            Givenchy Group

            Grameen Bank

            Alfa Tobacco Group

            Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

            BASIC Bank Ltd

            Grameen Uddog

            Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

            McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

            Grameen Shamogree

            Tripti Industries

            Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

            Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

            Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

            Brothers Group

            Syngenta

            Giant Group

            17

            Bell Corporation

            Anlima Group

            Grameen Telecom

            Grameen Phone

            Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

            Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

            Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

            Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

            Modern Erection Dhaka

            BRAC Bank Bangladesh

            38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

            M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

            Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

            Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

            combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

            CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

            FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

            More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

            Research (qualitative and quantitative)

            Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

            Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

            presentation on various management and business promotion issues

            Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

            Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

            National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

            Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

            Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

            Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

            Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

            18

            Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

            Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

            national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

            Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

            ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

            Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

            Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

            Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

            19

            40 Jobs Performed During Internship

            While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

            that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

            perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

            model

            41 Duties and Responsibilities

            The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

            weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

            In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

            credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

            While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

            extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

            most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

            42 Completion of the Assignments

            Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

            the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

            research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

            421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

            It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

            (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

            take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

            was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

            (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

            to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

            successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

            to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

            experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

            like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

            Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

            20

            422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

            This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

            Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

            effectively

            423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

            Wave 9

            This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

            training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

            place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

            424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

            It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

            observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

            43 Benefits of the Program

            Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

            1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

            to provide critical real world research method information

            1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

            having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

            a research job in the near future

            1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

            from the research experts and consultants

            1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

            from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

            and share ideas

            1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

            perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

            21

            50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

            This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

            study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

            Methodology can be defined as

            the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

            the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

            a particular procedure or set of procedures

            Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

            comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

            what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

            methodology and finally the justification for it

            51 Background of the study

            This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

            some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

            the goal of this study

            511 Definition of the Business Problem

            The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

            acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

            We need to be able to

            1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

            2 Identify new sectors for growth

            3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

            512 Research Objectives

            To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

            To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

            Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

            In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

            22

            1 Top 6 public universities

            2 Top 5 private universities

            3 Professional associations

            4 Government

            5 Private sector

            Suggested areas of research

            Which foreign qualifications are known

            Which foreign qualifications are accepted

            Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

            Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

            Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

            Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

            52 Methodology

            After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

            research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

            effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

            studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

            same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

            The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

            it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

            two methodologies

            521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

            In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

            statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

            of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

            objectivity

            Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

            through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

            and standardised data

            Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

            23

            1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

            2 Tabulate

            3 Summarise data

            4 Analyse data

            5 Draw conclusions

            Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

            explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

            utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

            look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

            tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

            behavioural component such as attendance at class

            So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

            educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

            Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

            They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

            Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

            Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

            These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

            arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

            limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

            reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

            collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

            choice of quantitative methodology for this study

            A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

            situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

            by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

            Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

            According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

            observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

            measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

            their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

            they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

            this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

            quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

            what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

            24

            ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

            ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

            of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

            qualitative approach

            522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

            Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

            quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

            natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

            than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

            structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

            Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

            comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

            Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

            1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

            2 Record what is said andor done

            3 Interpret

            4 Return to observeask more questions

            5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

            6 Theorising

            7 Draw conclusions

            Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

            point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

            are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

            approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

            knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

            affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

            understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

            and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

            behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

            behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

            sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

            subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

            understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

            research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

            marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

            25

            practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

            of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

            practice to satisfy customer needs

            523 Criticism on FGD

            By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

            discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

            course of the discussions

            Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

            (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

            seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

            decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

            they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

            community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

            Gibbs 1997)

            A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

            This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

            ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

            social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

            for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

            sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

            to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

            emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

            wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

            recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

            the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

            also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

            discussion evolves

            The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

            In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

            time and budget constraints

            524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

            26

            Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

            supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

            study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

            constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

            Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

            even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

            dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

            assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

            4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

            that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

            descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

            methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

            keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

            the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

            The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

            approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

            methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

            achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

            final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

            qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

            117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

            maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

            credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

            difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

            27

            60 Conclusion and Recommendation

            It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

            research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

            very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

            is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

            the result which is the goal of all research works

            So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

            understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

            without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

            tough to express in an internship report

            So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

            SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

            internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

            experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

            An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

            organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

            Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

            minimized with a training program

            A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

            recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

            helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

            should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

            alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

            SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

            human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

            better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

            A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

            becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

            coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

            preparation and building it as a strong local brand

            28

            Bibliography

            Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

            Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

            Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

            Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

            Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

            Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

            Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

            Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

            Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

            Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

            Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

            Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

            Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

            Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

            Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

            Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

            29

            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

            4

            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

            SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

            Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

            Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

            Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

            MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

            InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

            InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

            Government Multinational Local

            Gender Male Female

            30

            srgbb

            1 2 3

            654

            1 2

            Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

            31

            Issues to be Discussed

            Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

            UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

            privatizing of state run assets by the government

            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

            What are their acceptance levels at your organization

            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

            What are their relative importance or weight levels

            Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

            Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

            If yes how do you provide the training

            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

            What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

            What are the reasons behind those polices

            32

            What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

            Localo Privateo Public

            USA Australia Canada UK Others

            What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

            What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

            Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

            Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

            Local university degreeso Privateo Public

            Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

            What are their variations at your own company

            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

            7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

            Why are they doing this rather than university course

            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

            How many students could be interested for UK universities

            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

            10

            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

            33

            brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

            11

            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

            How should UK universities address them

            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

            12

            What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

            13

            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

            14

            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

            15

            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

            What are relative weights of these constraints

            What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

            34

            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

            16

            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

            35

            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

            4

            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

            Type of University Public Private

            Gender Male Female

            36

            2

            srgbbb

            1 2

            1

            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

            37

            Issues to be Discussed

            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

            privatizing of state run assets by the government

            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

            What are their acceptance levels in general

            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

            Why are they doing this rather than university course

            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

            38

            How many students could be interested for UK universities

            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

            10

            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

            11

            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

            How should UK universities address them

            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

            could be competitive

            13

            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

            14

            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

            15

            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

            What are quality levels of private education

            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

            39

            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

            16

            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

            40

            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
            • 10 INTRODUCTION
              • 11 Origin of the Report
              • 12 Objective
              • 13 Methodology
              • 14 Scope
              • 15 Limitations
                • 20 Industry Overview
                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                    • 211 Market segments
                    • 212 Player groups
                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                            • 30 Company Overview
                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                              • 32 Organization Chart
                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                              • 36 Recent Projects
                              • 37 Key Clients
                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                    • Bibliography
                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

              524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

              Bibliography29

              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

              vi

              List of Figures

              Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

              Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

              Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

              Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

              vii

              EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

              This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

              practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

              firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

              theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

              that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

              effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

              Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

              day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

              and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

              the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

              organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

              and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

              for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

              consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

              hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

              management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

              important and effective skills

              Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

              very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

              total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

              in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

              internship

              The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

              Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

              Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

              from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

              SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

              recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

              efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

              remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

              viii

              hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

              overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

              Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

              were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

              continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

              is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

              therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

              types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

              people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

              private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

              helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

              the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

              learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

              mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

              management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

              International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

              BMET UGC etc were interviewed

              ix

              10 INTRODUCTION

              Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

              day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

              generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

              process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

              helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

              problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

              consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

              access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

              project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

              market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

              to learn some most important and effective skills

              11 Origin of the Report

              As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

              proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

              The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

              in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

              Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

              Business Administration

              12 Objective

              The Primary Objective of this report is

              To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

              Secondary objectives are

              To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

              To observe the implementation of the methods

              To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

              Search for the justifications behind the gaps

              13 Methodology

              The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

              extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

              1

              and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

              Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

              14 Scope

              SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

              change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

              Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

              reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

              practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

              time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

              15 Limitations

              Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

              be summarized as follows

              No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

              For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

              Only internal specialists were interviewed

              20 Industry Overview

              2

              Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

              worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

              understand the situation with more depth

              21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

              The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

              player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

              player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

              ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

              Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

              statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

              can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

              211 Market segments

              In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

              consultants

              The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

              years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

              DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

              significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

              equally spread across the market segments

              Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

              Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

              Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

              Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

              Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

              3

              Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

              These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

              the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

              SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

              their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

              Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

              remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

              BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

              consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

              4

              All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

              globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

              212 Player groups

              In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

              Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

              the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

              Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

              sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

              consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

              designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

              Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

              Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

              5

              In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

              distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

              smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

              Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

              This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

              medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

              by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

              average of 9 and 25 only

              With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

              Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

              limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

              across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

              sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

              clients for further consulting and auditing activities

              According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

              consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

              the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

              cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

              areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

              An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

              heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

              aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

              more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

              6

              rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

              in the new economy in 2000

              22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

              Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

              find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

              The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

              players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

              completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

              of other three firms

              221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

              ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

              has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

              300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

              bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

              have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

              development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

              international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

              techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

              dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

              we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

              fields of operation later

              222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

              Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

              research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

              research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

              and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

              to IMRBs expertise

              Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

              Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

              national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

              Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

              7

              audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

              national level household consumer panel since 2005

              223 The Nielsen Company

              The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

              research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

              analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

              their markets

              Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

              behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

              applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

              conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

              their market context

              BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

              forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

              business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

              commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

              adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

              8

              30 Company Overview

              The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

              the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

              complement the story

              31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

              The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

              and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

              lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

              diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

              processing amp analysis and event management services

              Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

              Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

              studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

              under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

              experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

              commitment

              Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

              including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

              experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

              a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

              resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

              accuracy in collecting relevant information

              In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

              research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

              remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

              close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

              further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

              objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

              workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

              independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

              alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

              experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

              9

              uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

              and reliability

              The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

              Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

              All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

              Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

              organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

              quality

              The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

              management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

              Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

              professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

              Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

              conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

              32 Organization Chart

              The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

              centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

              10

              33 Services Offered

              The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

              Social amp Environmental Research

              Business Communication Service

              Automotive Research

              Agricultural Research

              Business to Business Research

              HR Management Service

              Media Research

              Mystery Shopping

              Qualitative Research

              Quantitative Research

              Retail Study

              Healthcare Research

              Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

              11

              Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

              34 Qualitative Research

              SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

              business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

              to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

              diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

              The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

              operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

              motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

              the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

              well

              The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

              products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

              considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

              Usage and attitude studies

              Brand equity studies

              Segmentation studies

              Positioning research

              Communication development and evaluation

              Packaging evaluation studies

              New product development studies

              The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

              housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

              including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

              The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

              bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

              creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

              Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

              35 Quantitative Research

              The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

              in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

              products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

              financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

              12

              all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

              providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

              The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

              provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

              efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

              At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

              country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

              procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

              data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

              Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

              to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

              Customer satisfaction

              Mystery shopping

              Product testing

              Retailing sector

              Modeling and data mining

              Insurance sector

              Banking sector

              36 Recent Projects

              There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

              more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

              Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

              Project Name Client Period of Study

              1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

              CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

              June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

              2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

              British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

              June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

              3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

              AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

              4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

              Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

              5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

              13

              USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

              6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

              British CouncilDhaka

              January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

              7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

              HSBC BangladeshDhaka

              August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

              8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

              The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

              May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

              9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

              Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

              10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

              11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

              12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

              13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

              US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

              October 2008 toMarch 2009

              37 Key Clients

              SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

              A International Clients

              Cisco USA

              HSBC Hong Kong

              Telenor Norway

              Nokia Hong Kong

              Microsoft USA

              Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

              ARD Inc USA

              14

              BHP-Engineering Australia

              BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

              Nomura Research Institute Japan

              International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

              Carana Corporation USA

              International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

              SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

              ECI Telecom Inc USA

              Dacom Corporation Korea

              Korea Telecom Korea

              Tata Steel India

              Bare Associates International USA

              Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

              Tessival SPA Italy

              G P Group of Companies Thailand

              Singer Worldwide USA

              Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

              Carana Corporation USA

              TOTAL FINA ELF France

              Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

              Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

              Quantum Market Research India

              BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

              Pew Research Centre USA

              Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

              Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

              Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

              Horizon Research Singapore

              Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

              Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

              Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

              Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

              Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

              Syngenta Hong Kong

              Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

              Sungwon Corporation Korea

              Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

              15

              Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

              Quest International UK

              Veraz Telecom USA

              Canadian High Commission Dhaka

              Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

              China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

              BlueScope Steel Australia

              International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

              WorldFish Centre Malaysia

              Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

              Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

              Synovate Hong Kong

              Cairn Energy Bangladesh

              AQ Services International Singapore

              Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

              Columbia University USA

              B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

              The World Bank

              United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

              United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

              UNICEF Bangladesh

              Asian Development Bank (ADB)

              International Finance Corporation (IFC)

              Commonwealth Secretariat UK

              Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

              Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

              United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

              Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

              Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

              International Jute Organization (IJO)

              CARE Bangladesh

              SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

              Swisscontact-Katalyst

              World Vision of Bangladesh

              JOBS [A USAID Project]

              OXFAM Bangladesh

              Concern Bangladesh

              16

              German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

              DFID Bangladesh

              C Domestic Clients

              Unilever Bangladesh

              British America Tobacco

              Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

              Social Marketing Company (SMC)

              Olympic Industries

              Bengal Group of Industries

              A K Khan Group

              Bashundhara Group of Companies

              Mutual Group

              Baraka Group

              SQ Group

              Rangs Electronics Ltd

              Alfa Tobacco Group

              Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

              Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

              Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

              M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

              Givenchy Group

              Grameen Bank

              Alfa Tobacco Group

              Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

              BASIC Bank Ltd

              Grameen Uddog

              Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

              McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

              Grameen Shamogree

              Tripti Industries

              Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

              Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

              Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

              Brothers Group

              Syngenta

              Giant Group

              17

              Bell Corporation

              Anlima Group

              Grameen Telecom

              Grameen Phone

              Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

              Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

              Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

              Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

              Modern Erection Dhaka

              BRAC Bank Bangladesh

              38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

              M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

              Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

              Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

              combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

              CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

              FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

              More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

              Research (qualitative and quantitative)

              Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

              Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

              presentation on various management and business promotion issues

              Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

              Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

              National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

              Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

              Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

              Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

              Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

              18

              Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

              Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

              national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

              Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

              ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

              Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

              Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

              Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

              19

              40 Jobs Performed During Internship

              While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

              that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

              perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

              model

              41 Duties and Responsibilities

              The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

              weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

              In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

              credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

              While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

              extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

              most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

              42 Completion of the Assignments

              Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

              the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

              research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

              421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

              It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

              (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

              take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

              was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

              (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

              to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

              successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

              to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

              experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

              like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

              Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

              20

              422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

              This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

              Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

              effectively

              423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

              Wave 9

              This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

              training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

              place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

              424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

              It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

              observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

              43 Benefits of the Program

              Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

              1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

              to provide critical real world research method information

              1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

              having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

              a research job in the near future

              1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

              from the research experts and consultants

              1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

              from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

              and share ideas

              1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

              perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

              21

              50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

              This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

              study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

              Methodology can be defined as

              the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

              the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

              a particular procedure or set of procedures

              Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

              comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

              what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

              methodology and finally the justification for it

              51 Background of the study

              This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

              some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

              the goal of this study

              511 Definition of the Business Problem

              The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

              acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

              We need to be able to

              1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

              2 Identify new sectors for growth

              3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

              512 Research Objectives

              To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

              To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

              Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

              In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

              22

              1 Top 6 public universities

              2 Top 5 private universities

              3 Professional associations

              4 Government

              5 Private sector

              Suggested areas of research

              Which foreign qualifications are known

              Which foreign qualifications are accepted

              Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

              Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

              Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

              Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

              52 Methodology

              After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

              research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

              effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

              studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

              same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

              The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

              it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

              two methodologies

              521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

              In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

              statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

              of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

              objectivity

              Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

              through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

              and standardised data

              Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

              23

              1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

              2 Tabulate

              3 Summarise data

              4 Analyse data

              5 Draw conclusions

              Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

              explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

              utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

              look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

              tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

              behavioural component such as attendance at class

              So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

              educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

              Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

              They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

              Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

              Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

              These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

              arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

              limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

              reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

              collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

              choice of quantitative methodology for this study

              A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

              situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

              by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

              Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

              According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

              observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

              measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

              their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

              they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

              this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

              quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

              what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

              24

              ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

              ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

              of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

              qualitative approach

              522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

              Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

              quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

              natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

              than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

              structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

              Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

              comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

              Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

              1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

              2 Record what is said andor done

              3 Interpret

              4 Return to observeask more questions

              5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

              6 Theorising

              7 Draw conclusions

              Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

              point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

              are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

              approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

              knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

              affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

              understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

              and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

              behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

              behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

              sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

              subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

              understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

              research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

              marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

              25

              practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

              of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

              practice to satisfy customer needs

              523 Criticism on FGD

              By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

              discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

              course of the discussions

              Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

              (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

              seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

              decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

              they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

              community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

              Gibbs 1997)

              A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

              This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

              ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

              social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

              for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

              sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

              to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

              emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

              wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

              recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

              the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

              also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

              discussion evolves

              The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

              In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

              time and budget constraints

              524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

              26

              Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

              supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

              study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

              constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

              Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

              even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

              dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

              assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

              4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

              that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

              descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

              methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

              keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

              the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

              The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

              approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

              methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

              achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

              final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

              qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

              117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

              maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

              credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

              difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

              27

              60 Conclusion and Recommendation

              It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

              research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

              very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

              is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

              the result which is the goal of all research works

              So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

              understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

              without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

              tough to express in an internship report

              So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

              SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

              internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

              experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

              An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

              organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

              Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

              minimized with a training program

              A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

              recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

              helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

              should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

              alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

              SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

              human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

              better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

              A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

              becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

              coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

              preparation and building it as a strong local brand

              28

              Bibliography

              Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

              Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

              Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

              Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

              Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

              Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

              Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

              Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

              Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

              Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

              Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

              Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

              Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

              Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

              Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

              Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

              29

              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

              4

              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

              SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

              Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

              Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

              Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

              MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

              InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

              InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

              Government Multinational Local

              Gender Male Female

              30

              srgbb

              1 2 3

              654

              1 2

              Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

              31

              Issues to be Discussed

              Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

              UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

              privatizing of state run assets by the government

              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

              What are their acceptance levels at your organization

              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

              What are their relative importance or weight levels

              Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

              Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

              If yes how do you provide the training

              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

              What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

              What are the reasons behind those polices

              32

              What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

              Localo Privateo Public

              USA Australia Canada UK Others

              What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

              What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

              Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

              Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

              Local university degreeso Privateo Public

              Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

              What are their variations at your own company

              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

              7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

              Why are they doing this rather than university course

              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

              How many students could be interested for UK universities

              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

              10

              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

              33

              brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

              11

              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

              How should UK universities address them

              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

              12

              What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

              13

              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

              14

              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

              15

              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

              What are relative weights of these constraints

              What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

              34

              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

              16

              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

              35

              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

              4

              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

              SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

              In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

              Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

              Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

              MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

              Type of University Public Private

              Gender Male Female

              36

              2

              srgbbb

              1 2

              1

              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

              37

              Issues to be Discussed

              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

              privatizing of state run assets by the government

              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

              What are their acceptance levels in general

              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

              Why are they doing this rather than university course

              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

              38

              How many students could be interested for UK universities

              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

              10

              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

              11

              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

              How should UK universities address them

              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

              could be competitive

              13

              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

              14

              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

              15

              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

              What are quality levels of private education

              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

              39

              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

              16

              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

              40

              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                • 11 Origin of the Report
                • 12 Objective
                • 13 Methodology
                • 14 Scope
                • 15 Limitations
                  • 20 Industry Overview
                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                      • 211 Market segments
                      • 212 Player groups
                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                              • 30 Company Overview
                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                • 37 Key Clients
                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                      • Bibliography
                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                List of Figures

                Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

                Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

                Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

                Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

                vii

                EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

                This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

                practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

                firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

                theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

                that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

                effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

                Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

                and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

                the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

                organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

                and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

                for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

                consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

                hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

                management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

                important and effective skills

                Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

                very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

                total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

                in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

                internship

                The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

                Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

                Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

                from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

                SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

                recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

                efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

                remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

                viii

                hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

                overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

                Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

                were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

                continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

                is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

                therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

                types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

                people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

                private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

                helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

                the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

                learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

                mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

                management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

                International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

                BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                ix

                10 INTRODUCTION

                Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

                generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

                process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

                helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

                problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

                consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

                access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

                project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

                market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

                to learn some most important and effective skills

                11 Origin of the Report

                As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

                proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

                The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

                in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

                Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

                Business Administration

                12 Objective

                The Primary Objective of this report is

                To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

                Secondary objectives are

                To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

                To observe the implementation of the methods

                To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

                Search for the justifications behind the gaps

                13 Methodology

                The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

                extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

                1

                and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

                Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

                14 Scope

                SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

                change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

                Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

                reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

                practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

                time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

                15 Limitations

                Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

                be summarized as follows

                No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

                For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

                Only internal specialists were interviewed

                20 Industry Overview

                2

                Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                understand the situation with more depth

                21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                211 Market segments

                In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                consultants

                The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                equally spread across the market segments

                Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                3

                Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                4

                All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                212 Player groups

                In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                5

                In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                average of 9 and 25 only

                With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                6

                rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                in the new economy in 2000

                22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                of other three firms

                221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                fields of operation later

                222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                to IMRBs expertise

                Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                7

                audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                national level household consumer panel since 2005

                223 The Nielsen Company

                The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                their markets

                Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                their market context

                BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                8

                30 Company Overview

                The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                complement the story

                31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                processing amp analysis and event management services

                Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                commitment

                Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                accuracy in collecting relevant information

                In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                9

                uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                and reliability

                The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                quality

                The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                32 Organization Chart

                The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                10

                33 Services Offered

                The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                Social amp Environmental Research

                Business Communication Service

                Automotive Research

                Agricultural Research

                Business to Business Research

                HR Management Service

                Media Research

                Mystery Shopping

                Qualitative Research

                Quantitative Research

                Retail Study

                Healthcare Research

                Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                11

                Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                34 Qualitative Research

                SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                well

                The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                Usage and attitude studies

                Brand equity studies

                Segmentation studies

                Positioning research

                Communication development and evaluation

                Packaging evaluation studies

                New product development studies

                The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                35 Quantitative Research

                The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                12

                all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                Customer satisfaction

                Mystery shopping

                Product testing

                Retailing sector

                Modeling and data mining

                Insurance sector

                Banking sector

                36 Recent Projects

                There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                Project Name Client Period of Study

                1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                13

                USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                British CouncilDhaka

                January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                October 2008 toMarch 2009

                37 Key Clients

                SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                A International Clients

                Cisco USA

                HSBC Hong Kong

                Telenor Norway

                Nokia Hong Kong

                Microsoft USA

                Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                ARD Inc USA

                14

                BHP-Engineering Australia

                BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                Nomura Research Institute Japan

                International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                Carana Corporation USA

                International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                ECI Telecom Inc USA

                Dacom Corporation Korea

                Korea Telecom Korea

                Tata Steel India

                Bare Associates International USA

                Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                Tessival SPA Italy

                G P Group of Companies Thailand

                Singer Worldwide USA

                Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                Carana Corporation USA

                TOTAL FINA ELF France

                Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                Quantum Market Research India

                BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                Pew Research Centre USA

                Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                Horizon Research Singapore

                Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                Syngenta Hong Kong

                Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                Sungwon Corporation Korea

                Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                15

                Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                Quest International UK

                Veraz Telecom USA

                Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                BlueScope Steel Australia

                International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                Synovate Hong Kong

                Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                AQ Services International Singapore

                Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                Columbia University USA

                B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                The World Bank

                United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                UNICEF Bangladesh

                Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                International Jute Organization (IJO)

                CARE Bangladesh

                SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                Swisscontact-Katalyst

                World Vision of Bangladesh

                JOBS [A USAID Project]

                OXFAM Bangladesh

                Concern Bangladesh

                16

                German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                DFID Bangladesh

                C Domestic Clients

                Unilever Bangladesh

                British America Tobacco

                Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                Olympic Industries

                Bengal Group of Industries

                A K Khan Group

                Bashundhara Group of Companies

                Mutual Group

                Baraka Group

                SQ Group

                Rangs Electronics Ltd

                Alfa Tobacco Group

                Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                Givenchy Group

                Grameen Bank

                Alfa Tobacco Group

                Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                BASIC Bank Ltd

                Grameen Uddog

                Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                Grameen Shamogree

                Tripti Industries

                Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                Brothers Group

                Syngenta

                Giant Group

                17

                Bell Corporation

                Anlima Group

                Grameen Telecom

                Grameen Phone

                Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                Modern Erection Dhaka

                BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                18

                Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                19

                40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                model

                41 Duties and Responsibilities

                The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                42 Completion of the Assignments

                Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                20

                422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                effectively

                423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                Wave 9

                This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                43 Benefits of the Program

                Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                to provide critical real world research method information

                1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                a research job in the near future

                1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                from the research experts and consultants

                1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                and share ideas

                1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                21

                50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                Methodology can be defined as

                the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                a particular procedure or set of procedures

                Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                methodology and finally the justification for it

                51 Background of the study

                This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                the goal of this study

                511 Definition of the Business Problem

                The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                We need to be able to

                1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                2 Identify new sectors for growth

                3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                512 Research Objectives

                To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                22

                1 Top 6 public universities

                2 Top 5 private universities

                3 Professional associations

                4 Government

                5 Private sector

                Suggested areas of research

                Which foreign qualifications are known

                Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                52 Methodology

                After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                two methodologies

                521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                objectivity

                Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                and standardised data

                Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                23

                1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                2 Tabulate

                3 Summarise data

                4 Analyse data

                5 Draw conclusions

                Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                behavioural component such as attendance at class

                So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                24

                ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                qualitative approach

                522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                2 Record what is said andor done

                3 Interpret

                4 Return to observeask more questions

                5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                6 Theorising

                7 Draw conclusions

                Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                25

                practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                practice to satisfy customer needs

                523 Criticism on FGD

                By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                course of the discussions

                Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                Gibbs 1997)

                A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                discussion evolves

                The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                time and budget constraints

                524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                26

                Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                27

                60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                the result which is the goal of all research works

                So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                tough to express in an internship report

                So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                minimized with a training program

                A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                28

                Bibliography

                Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                29

                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                4

                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                Government Multinational Local

                Gender Male Female

                30

                srgbb

                1 2 3

                654

                1 2

                Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                31

                Issues to be Discussed

                Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                What are their relative importance or weight levels

                Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                If yes how do you provide the training

                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                What are the reasons behind those polices

                32

                What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                Localo Privateo Public

                USA Australia Canada UK Others

                What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                What are their variations at your own company

                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                10

                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                33

                brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                11

                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                How should UK universities address them

                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                12

                What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                13

                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                14

                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                15

                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                What are relative weights of these constraints

                What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                34

                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                16

                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                35

                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                4

                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                Type of University Public Private

                Gender Male Female

                36

                2

                srgbbb

                1 2

                1

                Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                37

                Issues to be Discussed

                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                What are their acceptance levels in general

                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                38

                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                10

                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                11

                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                How should UK universities address them

                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                could be competitive

                13

                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                14

                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                15

                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                What are quality levels of private education

                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                39

                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                16

                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                40

                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                  • 12 Objective
                  • 13 Methodology
                  • 14 Scope
                  • 15 Limitations
                    • 20 Industry Overview
                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                        • 211 Market segments
                        • 212 Player groups
                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                • 30 Company Overview
                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                        • Bibliography
                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                  EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

                  This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

                  practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

                  firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

                  theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

                  that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

                  effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

                  Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                  day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

                  and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

                  the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

                  organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

                  and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

                  for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

                  consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

                  hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

                  management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

                  important and effective skills

                  Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

                  very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

                  total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

                  in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

                  internship

                  The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

                  Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

                  Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

                  from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

                  SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

                  recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

                  efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

                  remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

                  viii

                  hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

                  overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

                  Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

                  were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

                  continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

                  is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

                  therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

                  types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

                  people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

                  private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

                  helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

                  the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

                  learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

                  mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

                  management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

                  International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

                  BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                  ix

                  10 INTRODUCTION

                  Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                  day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

                  generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

                  process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

                  helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

                  problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

                  consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

                  access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

                  project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

                  market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

                  to learn some most important and effective skills

                  11 Origin of the Report

                  As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

                  proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

                  The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

                  in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

                  Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

                  Business Administration

                  12 Objective

                  The Primary Objective of this report is

                  To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

                  Secondary objectives are

                  To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

                  To observe the implementation of the methods

                  To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

                  Search for the justifications behind the gaps

                  13 Methodology

                  The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

                  extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

                  1

                  and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

                  Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

                  14 Scope

                  SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

                  change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

                  Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

                  reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

                  practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

                  time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

                  15 Limitations

                  Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

                  be summarized as follows

                  No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

                  For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

                  Only internal specialists were interviewed

                  20 Industry Overview

                  2

                  Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                  worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                  understand the situation with more depth

                  21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                  The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                  player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                  player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                  ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                  Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                  statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                  can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                  211 Market segments

                  In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                  consultants

                  The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                  years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                  DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                  significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                  equally spread across the market segments

                  Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                  Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                  Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                  Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                  Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                  3

                  Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                  These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                  the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                  SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                  their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                  Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                  remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                  BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                  consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                  4

                  All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                  globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                  212 Player groups

                  In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                  Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                  the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                  Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                  sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                  consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                  designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                  Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                  Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                  5

                  In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                  distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                  smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                  Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                  This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                  medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                  by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                  average of 9 and 25 only

                  With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                  Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                  limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                  across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                  sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                  clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                  According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                  consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                  the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                  cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                  areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                  An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                  heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                  aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                  more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                  6

                  rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                  in the new economy in 2000

                  22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                  Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                  find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                  The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                  players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                  completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                  of other three firms

                  221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                  ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                  has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                  300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                  bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                  have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                  development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                  international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                  techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                  dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                  we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                  fields of operation later

                  222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                  Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                  research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                  research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                  and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                  to IMRBs expertise

                  Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                  Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                  national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                  Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                  7

                  audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                  national level household consumer panel since 2005

                  223 The Nielsen Company

                  The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                  research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                  analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                  their markets

                  Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                  behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                  applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                  conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                  their market context

                  BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                  forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                  business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                  commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                  adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                  8

                  30 Company Overview

                  The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                  the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                  complement the story

                  31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                  The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                  and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                  lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                  diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                  processing amp analysis and event management services

                  Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                  Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                  studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                  under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                  experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                  commitment

                  Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                  including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                  experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                  a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                  resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                  accuracy in collecting relevant information

                  In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                  research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                  remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                  close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                  further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                  objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                  workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                  independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                  alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                  experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                  9

                  uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                  and reliability

                  The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                  Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                  All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                  Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                  organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                  quality

                  The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                  management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                  Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                  professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                  Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                  conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                  32 Organization Chart

                  The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                  centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                  10

                  33 Services Offered

                  The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                  Social amp Environmental Research

                  Business Communication Service

                  Automotive Research

                  Agricultural Research

                  Business to Business Research

                  HR Management Service

                  Media Research

                  Mystery Shopping

                  Qualitative Research

                  Quantitative Research

                  Retail Study

                  Healthcare Research

                  Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                  11

                  Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                  34 Qualitative Research

                  SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                  business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                  to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                  diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                  The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                  operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                  motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                  the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                  well

                  The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                  products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                  considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                  Usage and attitude studies

                  Brand equity studies

                  Segmentation studies

                  Positioning research

                  Communication development and evaluation

                  Packaging evaluation studies

                  New product development studies

                  The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                  housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                  including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                  The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                  bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                  creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                  Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                  35 Quantitative Research

                  The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                  in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                  products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                  financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                  12

                  all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                  providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                  The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                  provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                  efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                  At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                  country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                  procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                  data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                  Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                  to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                  Customer satisfaction

                  Mystery shopping

                  Product testing

                  Retailing sector

                  Modeling and data mining

                  Insurance sector

                  Banking sector

                  36 Recent Projects

                  There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                  more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                  Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                  Project Name Client Period of Study

                  1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                  CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                  June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                  2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                  British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                  June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                  AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                  April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                  Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                  April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                  13

                  USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                  British CouncilDhaka

                  January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                  HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                  August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                  The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                  May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                  Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                  Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                  Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                  13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                  US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                  October 2008 toMarch 2009

                  37 Key Clients

                  SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                  A International Clients

                  Cisco USA

                  HSBC Hong Kong

                  Telenor Norway

                  Nokia Hong Kong

                  Microsoft USA

                  Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                  ARD Inc USA

                  14

                  BHP-Engineering Australia

                  BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                  Nomura Research Institute Japan

                  International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                  Carana Corporation USA

                  International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                  SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                  ECI Telecom Inc USA

                  Dacom Corporation Korea

                  Korea Telecom Korea

                  Tata Steel India

                  Bare Associates International USA

                  Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                  Tessival SPA Italy

                  G P Group of Companies Thailand

                  Singer Worldwide USA

                  Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                  Carana Corporation USA

                  TOTAL FINA ELF France

                  Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                  Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                  Quantum Market Research India

                  BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                  Pew Research Centre USA

                  Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                  Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                  Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                  Horizon Research Singapore

                  Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                  Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                  Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                  Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                  Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                  Syngenta Hong Kong

                  Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                  Sungwon Corporation Korea

                  Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                  15

                  Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                  Quest International UK

                  Veraz Telecom USA

                  Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                  Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                  China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                  BlueScope Steel Australia

                  International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                  WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                  Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                  Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                  Synovate Hong Kong

                  Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                  AQ Services International Singapore

                  Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                  Columbia University USA

                  B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                  The World Bank

                  United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                  United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                  UNICEF Bangladesh

                  Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                  International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                  Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                  Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                  Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                  United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                  Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                  Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                  International Jute Organization (IJO)

                  CARE Bangladesh

                  SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                  Swisscontact-Katalyst

                  World Vision of Bangladesh

                  JOBS [A USAID Project]

                  OXFAM Bangladesh

                  Concern Bangladesh

                  16

                  German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                  DFID Bangladesh

                  C Domestic Clients

                  Unilever Bangladesh

                  British America Tobacco

                  Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                  Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                  Olympic Industries

                  Bengal Group of Industries

                  A K Khan Group

                  Bashundhara Group of Companies

                  Mutual Group

                  Baraka Group

                  SQ Group

                  Rangs Electronics Ltd

                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                  Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                  Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                  Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                  M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                  Givenchy Group

                  Grameen Bank

                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                  Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                  BASIC Bank Ltd

                  Grameen Uddog

                  Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                  McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                  Grameen Shamogree

                  Tripti Industries

                  Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                  Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                  Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                  Brothers Group

                  Syngenta

                  Giant Group

                  17

                  Bell Corporation

                  Anlima Group

                  Grameen Telecom

                  Grameen Phone

                  Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                  Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                  Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                  Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                  Modern Erection Dhaka

                  BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                  38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                  M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                  Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                  Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                  combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                  CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                  FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                  More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                  Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                  Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                  Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                  presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                  Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                  Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                  National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                  Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                  Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                  Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                  Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                  18

                  Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                  Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                  national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                  Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                  ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                  Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                  Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                  Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                  19

                  40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                  While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                  that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                  perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                  model

                  41 Duties and Responsibilities

                  The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                  weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                  In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                  credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                  While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                  extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                  most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                  42 Completion of the Assignments

                  Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                  the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                  research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                  421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                  It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                  (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                  take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                  was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                  (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                  to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                  successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                  to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                  experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                  like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                  Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                  20

                  422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                  This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                  Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                  effectively

                  423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                  Wave 9

                  This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                  training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                  place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                  424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                  It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                  observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                  43 Benefits of the Program

                  Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                  1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                  to provide critical real world research method information

                  1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                  having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                  a research job in the near future

                  1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                  from the research experts and consultants

                  1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                  from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                  and share ideas

                  1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                  perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                  21

                  50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                  This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                  study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                  Methodology can be defined as

                  the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                  the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                  a particular procedure or set of procedures

                  Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                  comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                  what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                  methodology and finally the justification for it

                  51 Background of the study

                  This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                  some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                  the goal of this study

                  511 Definition of the Business Problem

                  The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                  acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                  We need to be able to

                  1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                  2 Identify new sectors for growth

                  3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                  512 Research Objectives

                  To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                  To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                  Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                  In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                  22

                  1 Top 6 public universities

                  2 Top 5 private universities

                  3 Professional associations

                  4 Government

                  5 Private sector

                  Suggested areas of research

                  Which foreign qualifications are known

                  Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                  Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                  Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                  Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                  Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                  52 Methodology

                  After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                  research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                  effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                  studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                  same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                  The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                  it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                  two methodologies

                  521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                  In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                  statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                  of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                  objectivity

                  Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                  through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                  and standardised data

                  Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                  23

                  1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                  2 Tabulate

                  3 Summarise data

                  4 Analyse data

                  5 Draw conclusions

                  Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                  explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                  utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                  look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                  tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                  behavioural component such as attendance at class

                  So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                  educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                  Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                  They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                  Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                  Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                  These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                  arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                  limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                  reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                  collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                  choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                  A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                  situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                  by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                  Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                  According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                  observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                  measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                  their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                  they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                  this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                  quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                  what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                  24

                  ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                  ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                  of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                  qualitative approach

                  522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                  Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                  quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                  natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                  than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                  structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                  Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                  comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                  Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                  1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                  2 Record what is said andor done

                  3 Interpret

                  4 Return to observeask more questions

                  5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                  6 Theorising

                  7 Draw conclusions

                  Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                  point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                  are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                  approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                  knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                  affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                  understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                  and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                  behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                  behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                  sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                  subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                  understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                  research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                  marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                  25

                  practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                  of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                  practice to satisfy customer needs

                  523 Criticism on FGD

                  By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                  discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                  course of the discussions

                  Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                  (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                  seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                  decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                  they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                  community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                  Gibbs 1997)

                  A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                  This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                  ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                  social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                  for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                  sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                  to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                  emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                  wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                  recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                  the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                  also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                  discussion evolves

                  The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                  In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                  time and budget constraints

                  524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                  26

                  Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                  supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                  study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                  constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                  Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                  even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                  dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                  assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                  4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                  that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                  descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                  methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                  keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                  the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                  The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                  approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                  methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                  achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                  final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                  qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                  117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                  maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                  credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                  difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                  27

                  60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                  It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                  research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                  very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                  is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                  the result which is the goal of all research works

                  So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                  understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                  without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                  tough to express in an internship report

                  So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                  SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                  internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                  experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                  An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                  organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                  Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                  minimized with a training program

                  A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                  recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                  helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                  should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                  alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                  SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                  human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                  better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                  A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                  becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                  coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                  preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                  28

                  Bibliography

                  Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                  Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                  Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                  Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                  Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                  Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                  Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                  Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                  Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                  Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                  Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                  Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                  Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                  Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                  Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                  Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                  29

                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                  4

                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                  Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                  Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                  Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                  Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                  MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                  InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                  InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                  Government Multinational Local

                  Gender Male Female

                  30

                  srgbb

                  1 2 3

                  654

                  1 2

                  Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                  31

                  Issues to be Discussed

                  Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                  UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                  What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                  What are their relative importance or weight levels

                  Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                  Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                  If yes how do you provide the training

                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                  What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                  What are the reasons behind those polices

                  32

                  What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                  Localo Privateo Public

                  USA Australia Canada UK Others

                  What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                  What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                  Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                  Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                  Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                  Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                  What are their variations at your own company

                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                  7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                  10

                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                  33

                  brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                  11

                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                  How should UK universities address them

                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                  12

                  What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                  13

                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                  14

                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                  15

                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                  What are relative weights of these constraints

                  What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                  34

                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                  16

                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                  35

                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                  4

                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                  Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                  In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                  Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                  Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                  MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                  Type of University Public Private

                  Gender Male Female

                  36

                  2

                  srgbbb

                  1 2

                  1

                  Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                  37

                  Issues to be Discussed

                  Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                  UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                  Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                  What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                  What are their acceptance levels in general

                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                  What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                  How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                  7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                  38

                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                  10

                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                  11

                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                  How should UK universities address them

                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                  could be competitive

                  13

                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                  14

                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                  15

                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                  What are quality levels of private education

                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                  39

                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                  16

                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                  40

                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                    • 12 Objective
                    • 13 Methodology
                    • 14 Scope
                    • 15 Limitations
                      • 20 Industry Overview
                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                          • 211 Market segments
                          • 212 Player groups
                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                          • Bibliography
                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                    hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

                    overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

                    Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

                    were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

                    continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

                    is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

                    therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

                    types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

                    people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

                    private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

                    helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

                    the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

                    learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

                    mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

                    management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

                    International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

                    BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                    ix

                    10 INTRODUCTION

                    Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                    day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

                    generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

                    process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

                    helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

                    problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

                    consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

                    access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

                    project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

                    market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

                    to learn some most important and effective skills

                    11 Origin of the Report

                    As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

                    proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

                    The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

                    in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

                    Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

                    Business Administration

                    12 Objective

                    The Primary Objective of this report is

                    To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

                    Secondary objectives are

                    To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

                    To observe the implementation of the methods

                    To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

                    Search for the justifications behind the gaps

                    13 Methodology

                    The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

                    extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

                    1

                    and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

                    Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

                    14 Scope

                    SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

                    change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

                    Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

                    reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

                    practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

                    time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

                    15 Limitations

                    Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

                    be summarized as follows

                    No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

                    For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

                    Only internal specialists were interviewed

                    20 Industry Overview

                    2

                    Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                    worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                    understand the situation with more depth

                    21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                    The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                    player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                    player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                    ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                    Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                    statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                    can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                    211 Market segments

                    In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                    consultants

                    The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                    years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                    DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                    significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                    equally spread across the market segments

                    Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                    Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                    Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                    Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                    Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                    3

                    Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                    These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                    the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                    SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                    their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                    Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                    remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                    BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                    consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                    4

                    All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                    globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                    212 Player groups

                    In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                    Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                    the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                    Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                    sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                    consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                    designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                    Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                    Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                    5

                    In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                    distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                    smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                    Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                    This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                    medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                    by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                    average of 9 and 25 only

                    With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                    Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                    limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                    across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                    sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                    clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                    According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                    consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                    the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                    cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                    areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                    An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                    heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                    aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                    more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                    6

                    rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                    in the new economy in 2000

                    22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                    Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                    find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                    The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                    players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                    completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                    of other three firms

                    221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                    ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                    has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                    300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                    bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                    have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                    development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                    international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                    techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                    dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                    we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                    fields of operation later

                    222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                    Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                    research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                    research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                    and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                    to IMRBs expertise

                    Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                    Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                    national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                    Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                    7

                    audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                    national level household consumer panel since 2005

                    223 The Nielsen Company

                    The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                    research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                    analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                    their markets

                    Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                    behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                    applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                    conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                    their market context

                    BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                    forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                    business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                    commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                    adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                    8

                    30 Company Overview

                    The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                    the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                    complement the story

                    31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                    The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                    and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                    lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                    diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                    processing amp analysis and event management services

                    Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                    Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                    studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                    under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                    experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                    commitment

                    Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                    including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                    experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                    a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                    resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                    accuracy in collecting relevant information

                    In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                    research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                    remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                    close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                    further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                    objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                    workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                    independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                    alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                    experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                    9

                    uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                    and reliability

                    The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                    Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                    All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                    Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                    organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                    quality

                    The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                    management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                    Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                    professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                    Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                    conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                    32 Organization Chart

                    The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                    centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                    10

                    33 Services Offered

                    The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                    Social amp Environmental Research

                    Business Communication Service

                    Automotive Research

                    Agricultural Research

                    Business to Business Research

                    HR Management Service

                    Media Research

                    Mystery Shopping

                    Qualitative Research

                    Quantitative Research

                    Retail Study

                    Healthcare Research

                    Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                    11

                    Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                    34 Qualitative Research

                    SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                    business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                    to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                    diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                    The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                    operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                    motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                    the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                    well

                    The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                    products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                    considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                    Usage and attitude studies

                    Brand equity studies

                    Segmentation studies

                    Positioning research

                    Communication development and evaluation

                    Packaging evaluation studies

                    New product development studies

                    The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                    housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                    including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                    The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                    bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                    creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                    Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                    35 Quantitative Research

                    The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                    in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                    products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                    financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                    12

                    all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                    providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                    The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                    provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                    efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                    At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                    country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                    procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                    data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                    Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                    to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                    Customer satisfaction

                    Mystery shopping

                    Product testing

                    Retailing sector

                    Modeling and data mining

                    Insurance sector

                    Banking sector

                    36 Recent Projects

                    There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                    more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                    Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                    Project Name Client Period of Study

                    1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                    CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                    June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                    2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                    British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                    June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                    AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                    Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                    13

                    USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                    British CouncilDhaka

                    January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                    HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                    August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                    The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                    May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                    Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                    13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                    US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                    October 2008 toMarch 2009

                    37 Key Clients

                    SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                    A International Clients

                    Cisco USA

                    HSBC Hong Kong

                    Telenor Norway

                    Nokia Hong Kong

                    Microsoft USA

                    Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                    ARD Inc USA

                    14

                    BHP-Engineering Australia

                    BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                    Nomura Research Institute Japan

                    International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                    Carana Corporation USA

                    International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                    SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                    ECI Telecom Inc USA

                    Dacom Corporation Korea

                    Korea Telecom Korea

                    Tata Steel India

                    Bare Associates International USA

                    Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                    Tessival SPA Italy

                    G P Group of Companies Thailand

                    Singer Worldwide USA

                    Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                    Carana Corporation USA

                    TOTAL FINA ELF France

                    Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                    Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                    Quantum Market Research India

                    BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                    Pew Research Centre USA

                    Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                    Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                    Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                    Horizon Research Singapore

                    Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                    Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                    Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                    Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                    Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                    Syngenta Hong Kong

                    Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                    Sungwon Corporation Korea

                    Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                    15

                    Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                    Quest International UK

                    Veraz Telecom USA

                    Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                    Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                    China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                    BlueScope Steel Australia

                    International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                    WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                    Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                    Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                    Synovate Hong Kong

                    Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                    AQ Services International Singapore

                    Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                    Columbia University USA

                    B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                    The World Bank

                    United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                    United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                    UNICEF Bangladesh

                    Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                    International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                    Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                    Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                    Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                    United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                    Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                    Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                    International Jute Organization (IJO)

                    CARE Bangladesh

                    SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                    Swisscontact-Katalyst

                    World Vision of Bangladesh

                    JOBS [A USAID Project]

                    OXFAM Bangladesh

                    Concern Bangladesh

                    16

                    German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                    DFID Bangladesh

                    C Domestic Clients

                    Unilever Bangladesh

                    British America Tobacco

                    Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                    Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                    Olympic Industries

                    Bengal Group of Industries

                    A K Khan Group

                    Bashundhara Group of Companies

                    Mutual Group

                    Baraka Group

                    SQ Group

                    Rangs Electronics Ltd

                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                    Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                    Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                    Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                    M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                    Givenchy Group

                    Grameen Bank

                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                    Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                    BASIC Bank Ltd

                    Grameen Uddog

                    Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                    McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                    Grameen Shamogree

                    Tripti Industries

                    Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                    Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                    Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                    Brothers Group

                    Syngenta

                    Giant Group

                    17

                    Bell Corporation

                    Anlima Group

                    Grameen Telecom

                    Grameen Phone

                    Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                    Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                    Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                    Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                    Modern Erection Dhaka

                    BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                    38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                    M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                    Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                    Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                    combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                    CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                    FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                    More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                    Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                    Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                    Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                    presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                    Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                    Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                    National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                    Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                    Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                    Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                    Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                    18

                    Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                    Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                    national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                    Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                    ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                    Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                    Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                    Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                    19

                    40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                    While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                    that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                    perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                    model

                    41 Duties and Responsibilities

                    The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                    weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                    In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                    credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                    While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                    extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                    most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                    42 Completion of the Assignments

                    Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                    the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                    research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                    421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                    It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                    (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                    take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                    was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                    (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                    to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                    successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                    to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                    experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                    like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                    Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                    20

                    422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                    This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                    Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                    effectively

                    423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                    Wave 9

                    This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                    training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                    place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                    424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                    It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                    observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                    43 Benefits of the Program

                    Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                    1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                    to provide critical real world research method information

                    1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                    having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                    a research job in the near future

                    1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                    from the research experts and consultants

                    1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                    from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                    and share ideas

                    1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                    perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                    21

                    50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                    This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                    study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                    Methodology can be defined as

                    the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                    the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                    a particular procedure or set of procedures

                    Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                    comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                    what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                    methodology and finally the justification for it

                    51 Background of the study

                    This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                    some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                    the goal of this study

                    511 Definition of the Business Problem

                    The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                    acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                    We need to be able to

                    1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                    2 Identify new sectors for growth

                    3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                    512 Research Objectives

                    To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                    To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                    Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                    In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                    22

                    1 Top 6 public universities

                    2 Top 5 private universities

                    3 Professional associations

                    4 Government

                    5 Private sector

                    Suggested areas of research

                    Which foreign qualifications are known

                    Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                    Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                    Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                    Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                    Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                    52 Methodology

                    After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                    research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                    effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                    studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                    same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                    The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                    it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                    two methodologies

                    521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                    In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                    statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                    of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                    objectivity

                    Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                    through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                    and standardised data

                    Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                    23

                    1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                    2 Tabulate

                    3 Summarise data

                    4 Analyse data

                    5 Draw conclusions

                    Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                    explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                    utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                    look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                    tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                    behavioural component such as attendance at class

                    So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                    educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                    Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                    They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                    Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                    Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                    These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                    arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                    limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                    reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                    collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                    choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                    A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                    situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                    by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                    Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                    According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                    observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                    measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                    their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                    they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                    this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                    quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                    what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                    24

                    ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                    ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                    of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                    qualitative approach

                    522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                    Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                    quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                    natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                    than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                    structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                    Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                    comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                    Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                    1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                    2 Record what is said andor done

                    3 Interpret

                    4 Return to observeask more questions

                    5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                    6 Theorising

                    7 Draw conclusions

                    Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                    point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                    are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                    approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                    knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                    affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                    understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                    and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                    behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                    behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                    sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                    subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                    understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                    research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                    marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                    25

                    practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                    of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                    practice to satisfy customer needs

                    523 Criticism on FGD

                    By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                    discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                    course of the discussions

                    Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                    (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                    seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                    decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                    they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                    community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                    Gibbs 1997)

                    A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                    This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                    ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                    social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                    for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                    sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                    to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                    emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                    wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                    recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                    the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                    also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                    discussion evolves

                    The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                    In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                    time and budget constraints

                    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                    26

                    Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                    supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                    study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                    constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                    Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                    even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                    dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                    assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                    4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                    that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                    descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                    methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                    keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                    the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                    The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                    approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                    methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                    achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                    final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                    qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                    117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                    maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                    credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                    difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                    27

                    60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                    It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                    research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                    very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                    is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                    the result which is the goal of all research works

                    So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                    understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                    without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                    tough to express in an internship report

                    So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                    SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                    internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                    experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                    An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                    organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                    Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                    minimized with a training program

                    A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                    recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                    helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                    should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                    alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                    SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                    human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                    better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                    A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                    becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                    coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                    preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                    28

                    Bibliography

                    Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                    Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                    Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                    Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                    Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                    Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                    Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                    Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                    Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                    Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                    Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                    Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                    Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                    Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                    Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                    Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                    29

                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                    4

                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                    Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                    Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                    Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                    MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                    InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                    InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                    Government Multinational Local

                    Gender Male Female

                    30

                    srgbb

                    1 2 3

                    654

                    1 2

                    Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                    31

                    Issues to be Discussed

                    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                    What are their relative importance or weight levels

                    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                    If yes how do you provide the training

                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                    What are the reasons behind those polices

                    32

                    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                    Localo Privateo Public

                    USA Australia Canada UK Others

                    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                    What are their variations at your own company

                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                    10

                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                    33

                    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                    11

                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                    How should UK universities address them

                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                    12

                    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                    13

                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                    14

                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                    15

                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                    What are relative weights of these constraints

                    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                    34

                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                    16

                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                    35

                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                    4

                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                    Type of University Public Private

                    Gender Male Female

                    36

                    2

                    srgbbb

                    1 2

                    1

                    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                    37

                    Issues to be Discussed

                    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                    What are their acceptance levels in general

                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                    38

                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                    10

                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                    11

                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                    How should UK universities address them

                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                    could be competitive

                    13

                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                    14

                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                    15

                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                    What are quality levels of private education

                    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                    39

                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                    16

                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                    40

                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                      • 12 Objective
                      • 13 Methodology
                      • 14 Scope
                      • 15 Limitations
                        • 20 Industry Overview
                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                            • 211 Market segments
                            • 212 Player groups
                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                            • Bibliography
                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                      10 INTRODUCTION

                      Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

                      day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

                      generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

                      process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

                      helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

                      problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

                      consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

                      access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

                      project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

                      market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

                      to learn some most important and effective skills

                      11 Origin of the Report

                      As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

                      proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

                      The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

                      in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

                      Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

                      Business Administration

                      12 Objective

                      The Primary Objective of this report is

                      To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

                      Secondary objectives are

                      To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

                      To observe the implementation of the methods

                      To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

                      Search for the justifications behind the gaps

                      13 Methodology

                      The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

                      extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

                      1

                      and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

                      Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

                      14 Scope

                      SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

                      change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

                      Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

                      reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

                      practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

                      time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

                      15 Limitations

                      Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

                      be summarized as follows

                      No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

                      For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

                      Only internal specialists were interviewed

                      20 Industry Overview

                      2

                      Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                      worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                      understand the situation with more depth

                      21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                      The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                      player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                      player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                      ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                      Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                      statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                      can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                      211 Market segments

                      In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                      consultants

                      The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                      years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                      DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                      significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                      equally spread across the market segments

                      Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                      Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                      Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                      Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                      Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                      3

                      Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                      These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                      the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                      SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                      their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                      Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                      remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                      BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                      consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                      4

                      All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                      globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                      212 Player groups

                      In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                      Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                      the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                      Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                      sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                      consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                      designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                      Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                      Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                      5

                      In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                      distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                      smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                      Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                      This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                      medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                      by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                      average of 9 and 25 only

                      With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                      Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                      limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                      across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                      sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                      clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                      According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                      consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                      the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                      cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                      areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                      An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                      heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                      aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                      more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                      6

                      rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                      in the new economy in 2000

                      22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                      Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                      find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                      The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                      players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                      completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                      of other three firms

                      221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                      ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                      has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                      300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                      bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                      have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                      development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                      international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                      techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                      dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                      we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                      fields of operation later

                      222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                      Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                      research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                      research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                      and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                      to IMRBs expertise

                      Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                      Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                      national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                      Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                      7

                      audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                      national level household consumer panel since 2005

                      223 The Nielsen Company

                      The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                      research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                      analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                      their markets

                      Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                      behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                      applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                      conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                      their market context

                      BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                      forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                      business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                      commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                      adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                      8

                      30 Company Overview

                      The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                      the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                      complement the story

                      31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                      The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                      and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                      lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                      diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                      processing amp analysis and event management services

                      Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                      Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                      studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                      under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                      experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                      commitment

                      Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                      including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                      experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                      a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                      resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                      accuracy in collecting relevant information

                      In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                      research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                      remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                      close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                      further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                      objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                      workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                      independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                      alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                      experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                      9

                      uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                      and reliability

                      The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                      Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                      All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                      Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                      organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                      quality

                      The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                      management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                      Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                      professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                      Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                      conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                      32 Organization Chart

                      The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                      centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                      10

                      33 Services Offered

                      The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                      Social amp Environmental Research

                      Business Communication Service

                      Automotive Research

                      Agricultural Research

                      Business to Business Research

                      HR Management Service

                      Media Research

                      Mystery Shopping

                      Qualitative Research

                      Quantitative Research

                      Retail Study

                      Healthcare Research

                      Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                      11

                      Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                      34 Qualitative Research

                      SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                      business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                      to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                      diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                      The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                      operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                      motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                      the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                      well

                      The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                      products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                      considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                      Usage and attitude studies

                      Brand equity studies

                      Segmentation studies

                      Positioning research

                      Communication development and evaluation

                      Packaging evaluation studies

                      New product development studies

                      The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                      housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                      including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                      The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                      bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                      creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                      Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                      35 Quantitative Research

                      The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                      in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                      products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                      financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                      12

                      all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                      providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                      The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                      provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                      efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                      At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                      country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                      procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                      data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                      Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                      to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                      Customer satisfaction

                      Mystery shopping

                      Product testing

                      Retailing sector

                      Modeling and data mining

                      Insurance sector

                      Banking sector

                      36 Recent Projects

                      There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                      more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                      Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                      Project Name Client Period of Study

                      1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                      CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                      June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                      2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                      British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                      June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                      AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                      Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                      13

                      USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                      British CouncilDhaka

                      January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                      HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                      August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                      The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                      May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                      Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                      13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                      US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                      October 2008 toMarch 2009

                      37 Key Clients

                      SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                      A International Clients

                      Cisco USA

                      HSBC Hong Kong

                      Telenor Norway

                      Nokia Hong Kong

                      Microsoft USA

                      Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                      ARD Inc USA

                      14

                      BHP-Engineering Australia

                      BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                      Nomura Research Institute Japan

                      International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                      Carana Corporation USA

                      International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                      SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                      ECI Telecom Inc USA

                      Dacom Corporation Korea

                      Korea Telecom Korea

                      Tata Steel India

                      Bare Associates International USA

                      Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                      Tessival SPA Italy

                      G P Group of Companies Thailand

                      Singer Worldwide USA

                      Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                      Carana Corporation USA

                      TOTAL FINA ELF France

                      Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                      Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                      Quantum Market Research India

                      BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                      Pew Research Centre USA

                      Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                      Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                      Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                      Horizon Research Singapore

                      Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                      Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                      Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                      Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                      Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                      Syngenta Hong Kong

                      Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                      Sungwon Corporation Korea

                      Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                      15

                      Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                      Quest International UK

                      Veraz Telecom USA

                      Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                      Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                      China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                      BlueScope Steel Australia

                      International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                      WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                      Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                      Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                      Synovate Hong Kong

                      Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                      AQ Services International Singapore

                      Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                      Columbia University USA

                      B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                      The World Bank

                      United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                      United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                      UNICEF Bangladesh

                      Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                      International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                      Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                      Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                      Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                      United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                      Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                      Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                      International Jute Organization (IJO)

                      CARE Bangladesh

                      SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                      Swisscontact-Katalyst

                      World Vision of Bangladesh

                      JOBS [A USAID Project]

                      OXFAM Bangladesh

                      Concern Bangladesh

                      16

                      German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                      DFID Bangladesh

                      C Domestic Clients

                      Unilever Bangladesh

                      British America Tobacco

                      Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                      Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                      Olympic Industries

                      Bengal Group of Industries

                      A K Khan Group

                      Bashundhara Group of Companies

                      Mutual Group

                      Baraka Group

                      SQ Group

                      Rangs Electronics Ltd

                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                      Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                      Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                      Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                      M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                      Givenchy Group

                      Grameen Bank

                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                      Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                      BASIC Bank Ltd

                      Grameen Uddog

                      Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                      McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                      Grameen Shamogree

                      Tripti Industries

                      Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                      Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                      Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                      Brothers Group

                      Syngenta

                      Giant Group

                      17

                      Bell Corporation

                      Anlima Group

                      Grameen Telecom

                      Grameen Phone

                      Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                      Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                      Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                      Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                      Modern Erection Dhaka

                      BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                      38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                      M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                      Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                      Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                      combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                      CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                      FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                      More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                      Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                      Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                      Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                      presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                      Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                      Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                      National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                      Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                      Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                      Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                      Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                      18

                      Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                      Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                      national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                      Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                      ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                      Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                      Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                      Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                      19

                      40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                      While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                      that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                      perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                      model

                      41 Duties and Responsibilities

                      The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                      weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                      In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                      credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                      While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                      extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                      most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                      42 Completion of the Assignments

                      Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                      the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                      research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                      421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                      It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                      (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                      take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                      was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                      (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                      to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                      successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                      to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                      experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                      like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                      Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                      20

                      422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                      This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                      Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                      effectively

                      423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                      Wave 9

                      This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                      training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                      place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                      424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                      It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                      observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                      43 Benefits of the Program

                      Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                      1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                      to provide critical real world research method information

                      1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                      having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                      a research job in the near future

                      1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                      from the research experts and consultants

                      1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                      from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                      and share ideas

                      1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                      perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                      21

                      50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                      This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                      study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                      Methodology can be defined as

                      the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                      the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                      a particular procedure or set of procedures

                      Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                      comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                      what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                      methodology and finally the justification for it

                      51 Background of the study

                      This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                      some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                      the goal of this study

                      511 Definition of the Business Problem

                      The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                      acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                      We need to be able to

                      1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                      2 Identify new sectors for growth

                      3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                      512 Research Objectives

                      To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                      To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                      Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                      In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                      22

                      1 Top 6 public universities

                      2 Top 5 private universities

                      3 Professional associations

                      4 Government

                      5 Private sector

                      Suggested areas of research

                      Which foreign qualifications are known

                      Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                      Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                      Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                      Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                      Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                      52 Methodology

                      After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                      research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                      effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                      studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                      same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                      The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                      it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                      two methodologies

                      521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                      In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                      statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                      of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                      objectivity

                      Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                      through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                      and standardised data

                      Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                      23

                      1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                      2 Tabulate

                      3 Summarise data

                      4 Analyse data

                      5 Draw conclusions

                      Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                      explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                      utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                      look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                      tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                      behavioural component such as attendance at class

                      So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                      educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                      Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                      They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                      Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                      Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                      These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                      arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                      limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                      reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                      collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                      choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                      A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                      situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                      by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                      Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                      According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                      observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                      measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                      their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                      they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                      this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                      quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                      what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                      24

                      ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                      ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                      of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                      qualitative approach

                      522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                      Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                      quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                      natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                      than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                      structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                      Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                      comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                      Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                      1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                      2 Record what is said andor done

                      3 Interpret

                      4 Return to observeask more questions

                      5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                      6 Theorising

                      7 Draw conclusions

                      Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                      point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                      are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                      approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                      knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                      affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                      understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                      and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                      behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                      behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                      sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                      subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                      understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                      research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                      marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                      25

                      practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                      of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                      practice to satisfy customer needs

                      523 Criticism on FGD

                      By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                      discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                      course of the discussions

                      Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                      (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                      seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                      decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                      they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                      community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                      Gibbs 1997)

                      A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                      This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                      ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                      social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                      for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                      sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                      to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                      emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                      wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                      recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                      the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                      also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                      discussion evolves

                      The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                      In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                      time and budget constraints

                      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                      26

                      Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                      supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                      study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                      constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                      Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                      even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                      dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                      assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                      4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                      that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                      descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                      methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                      keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                      the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                      The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                      approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                      methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                      achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                      final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                      qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                      117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                      maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                      credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                      difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                      27

                      60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                      It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                      research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                      very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                      is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                      the result which is the goal of all research works

                      So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                      understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                      without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                      tough to express in an internship report

                      So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                      SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                      internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                      experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                      An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                      organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                      Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                      minimized with a training program

                      A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                      recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                      helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                      should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                      alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                      SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                      human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                      better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                      A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                      becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                      coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                      preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                      28

                      Bibliography

                      Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                      Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                      Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                      Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                      Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                      Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                      Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                      Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                      Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                      Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                      Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                      Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                      Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                      Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                      Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                      Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                      29

                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                      4

                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                      Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                      Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                      Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                      MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                      InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                      InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                      Government Multinational Local

                      Gender Male Female

                      30

                      srgbb

                      1 2 3

                      654

                      1 2

                      Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                      31

                      Issues to be Discussed

                      Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                      UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                      What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                      What are their relative importance or weight levels

                      Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                      Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                      If yes how do you provide the training

                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                      What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                      What are the reasons behind those polices

                      32

                      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                      Localo Privateo Public

                      USA Australia Canada UK Others

                      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                      What are their variations at your own company

                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                      10

                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                      33

                      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                      11

                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                      How should UK universities address them

                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                      12

                      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                      13

                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                      14

                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                      15

                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                      What are relative weights of these constraints

                      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                      34

                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                      16

                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                      35

                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                      4

                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                      Type of University Public Private

                      Gender Male Female

                      36

                      2

                      srgbbb

                      1 2

                      1

                      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                      37

                      Issues to be Discussed

                      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                      What are their acceptance levels in general

                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                      38

                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                      10

                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                      11

                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                      How should UK universities address them

                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                      could be competitive

                      13

                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                      14

                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                      15

                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                      What are quality levels of private education

                      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                      39

                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                      16

                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                      40

                      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                      • 10 INTRODUCTION
                        • 11 Origin of the Report
                        • 12 Objective
                        • 13 Methodology
                        • 14 Scope
                        • 15 Limitations
                          • 20 Industry Overview
                            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                              • 211 Market segments
                              • 212 Player groups
                                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                      • 30 Company Overview
                                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                        • 32 Organization Chart
                                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                                        • 36 Recent Projects
                                        • 37 Key Clients
                                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                                        • 52 Methodology
                                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                              • Bibliography
                                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                        and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

                        Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

                        14 Scope

                        SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

                        change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

                        Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

                        reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

                        practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

                        time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

                        15 Limitations

                        Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

                        be summarized as follows

                        No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

                        For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

                        Only internal specialists were interviewed

                        20 Industry Overview

                        2

                        Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                        worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                        understand the situation with more depth

                        21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                        The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                        player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                        player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                        ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                        Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                        statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                        can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                        211 Market segments

                        In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                        consultants

                        The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                        years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                        DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                        significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                        equally spread across the market segments

                        Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                        Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                        Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                        Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                        Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                        3

                        Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                        These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                        the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                        SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                        their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                        Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                        remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                        BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                        consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                        4

                        All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                        globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                        212 Player groups

                        In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                        Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                        the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                        Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                        sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                        consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                        designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                        Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                        Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                        5

                        In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                        distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                        smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                        Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                        This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                        medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                        by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                        average of 9 and 25 only

                        With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                        Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                        limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                        across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                        sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                        clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                        According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                        consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                        the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                        cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                        areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                        An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                        heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                        aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                        more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                        6

                        rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                        in the new economy in 2000

                        22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                        Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                        find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                        The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                        players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                        completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                        of other three firms

                        221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                        ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                        has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                        300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                        bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                        have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                        development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                        international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                        techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                        dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                        we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                        fields of operation later

                        222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                        Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                        research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                        research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                        and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                        to IMRBs expertise

                        Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                        Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                        national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                        Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                        7

                        audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                        national level household consumer panel since 2005

                        223 The Nielsen Company

                        The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                        research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                        analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                        their markets

                        Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                        behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                        applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                        conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                        their market context

                        BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                        forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                        business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                        commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                        adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                        8

                        30 Company Overview

                        The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                        the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                        complement the story

                        31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                        The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                        and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                        lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                        diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                        processing amp analysis and event management services

                        Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                        Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                        studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                        under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                        experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                        commitment

                        Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                        including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                        experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                        a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                        resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                        accuracy in collecting relevant information

                        In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                        research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                        remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                        close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                        further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                        objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                        workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                        independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                        alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                        experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                        9

                        uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                        and reliability

                        The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                        Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                        All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                        Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                        organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                        quality

                        The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                        management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                        Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                        professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                        Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                        conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                        32 Organization Chart

                        The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                        centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                        10

                        33 Services Offered

                        The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                        Social amp Environmental Research

                        Business Communication Service

                        Automotive Research

                        Agricultural Research

                        Business to Business Research

                        HR Management Service

                        Media Research

                        Mystery Shopping

                        Qualitative Research

                        Quantitative Research

                        Retail Study

                        Healthcare Research

                        Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                        11

                        Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                        34 Qualitative Research

                        SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                        business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                        to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                        diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                        The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                        operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                        motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                        the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                        well

                        The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                        products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                        considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                        Usage and attitude studies

                        Brand equity studies

                        Segmentation studies

                        Positioning research

                        Communication development and evaluation

                        Packaging evaluation studies

                        New product development studies

                        The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                        housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                        including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                        The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                        bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                        creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                        Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                        35 Quantitative Research

                        The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                        in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                        products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                        financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                        12

                        all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                        providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                        The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                        provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                        efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                        At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                        country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                        procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                        data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                        Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                        to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                        Customer satisfaction

                        Mystery shopping

                        Product testing

                        Retailing sector

                        Modeling and data mining

                        Insurance sector

                        Banking sector

                        36 Recent Projects

                        There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                        more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                        Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                        Project Name Client Period of Study

                        1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                        CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                        June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                        2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                        British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                        June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                        AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                        Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                        13

                        USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                        British CouncilDhaka

                        January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                        HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                        August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                        The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                        May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                        Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                        13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                        US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                        October 2008 toMarch 2009

                        37 Key Clients

                        SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                        A International Clients

                        Cisco USA

                        HSBC Hong Kong

                        Telenor Norway

                        Nokia Hong Kong

                        Microsoft USA

                        Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                        ARD Inc USA

                        14

                        BHP-Engineering Australia

                        BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                        Nomura Research Institute Japan

                        International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                        Carana Corporation USA

                        International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                        SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                        ECI Telecom Inc USA

                        Dacom Corporation Korea

                        Korea Telecom Korea

                        Tata Steel India

                        Bare Associates International USA

                        Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                        Tessival SPA Italy

                        G P Group of Companies Thailand

                        Singer Worldwide USA

                        Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                        Carana Corporation USA

                        TOTAL FINA ELF France

                        Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                        Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                        Quantum Market Research India

                        BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                        Pew Research Centre USA

                        Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                        Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                        Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                        Horizon Research Singapore

                        Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                        Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                        Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                        Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                        Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                        Syngenta Hong Kong

                        Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                        Sungwon Corporation Korea

                        Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                        15

                        Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                        Quest International UK

                        Veraz Telecom USA

                        Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                        Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                        China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                        BlueScope Steel Australia

                        International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                        WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                        Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                        Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                        Synovate Hong Kong

                        Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                        AQ Services International Singapore

                        Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                        Columbia University USA

                        B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                        The World Bank

                        United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                        United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                        UNICEF Bangladesh

                        Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                        International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                        Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                        Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                        Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                        United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                        Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                        Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                        International Jute Organization (IJO)

                        CARE Bangladesh

                        SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                        Swisscontact-Katalyst

                        World Vision of Bangladesh

                        JOBS [A USAID Project]

                        OXFAM Bangladesh

                        Concern Bangladesh

                        16

                        German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                        DFID Bangladesh

                        C Domestic Clients

                        Unilever Bangladesh

                        British America Tobacco

                        Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                        Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                        Olympic Industries

                        Bengal Group of Industries

                        A K Khan Group

                        Bashundhara Group of Companies

                        Mutual Group

                        Baraka Group

                        SQ Group

                        Rangs Electronics Ltd

                        Alfa Tobacco Group

                        Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                        Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                        Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                        M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                        Givenchy Group

                        Grameen Bank

                        Alfa Tobacco Group

                        Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                        BASIC Bank Ltd

                        Grameen Uddog

                        Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                        McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                        Grameen Shamogree

                        Tripti Industries

                        Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                        Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                        Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                        Brothers Group

                        Syngenta

                        Giant Group

                        17

                        Bell Corporation

                        Anlima Group

                        Grameen Telecom

                        Grameen Phone

                        Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                        Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                        Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                        Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                        Modern Erection Dhaka

                        BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                        38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                        M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                        Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                        Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                        combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                        CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                        FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                        More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                        Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                        Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                        Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                        presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                        Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                        Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                        National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                        Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                        Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                        Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                        Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                        18

                        Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                        Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                        national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                        Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                        ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                        Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                        Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                        Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                        19

                        40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                        While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                        that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                        perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                        model

                        41 Duties and Responsibilities

                        The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                        weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                        In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                        credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                        While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                        extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                        most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                        42 Completion of the Assignments

                        Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                        the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                        research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                        421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                        It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                        (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                        take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                        was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                        (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                        to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                        successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                        to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                        experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                        like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                        Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                        20

                        422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                        This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                        Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                        effectively

                        423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                        Wave 9

                        This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                        training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                        place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                        424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                        It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                        observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                        43 Benefits of the Program

                        Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                        1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                        to provide critical real world research method information

                        1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                        having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                        a research job in the near future

                        1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                        from the research experts and consultants

                        1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                        from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                        and share ideas

                        1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                        perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                        21

                        50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                        This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                        study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                        Methodology can be defined as

                        the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                        the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                        a particular procedure or set of procedures

                        Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                        comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                        what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                        methodology and finally the justification for it

                        51 Background of the study

                        This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                        some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                        the goal of this study

                        511 Definition of the Business Problem

                        The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                        acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                        We need to be able to

                        1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                        2 Identify new sectors for growth

                        3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                        512 Research Objectives

                        To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                        To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                        Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                        In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                        22

                        1 Top 6 public universities

                        2 Top 5 private universities

                        3 Professional associations

                        4 Government

                        5 Private sector

                        Suggested areas of research

                        Which foreign qualifications are known

                        Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                        Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                        Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                        Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                        Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                        52 Methodology

                        After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                        research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                        effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                        studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                        same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                        The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                        it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                        two methodologies

                        521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                        In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                        statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                        of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                        objectivity

                        Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                        through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                        and standardised data

                        Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                        23

                        1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                        2 Tabulate

                        3 Summarise data

                        4 Analyse data

                        5 Draw conclusions

                        Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                        explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                        utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                        look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                        tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                        behavioural component such as attendance at class

                        So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                        educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                        Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                        They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                        Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                        Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                        These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                        arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                        limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                        reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                        collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                        choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                        A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                        situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                        by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                        Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                        According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                        observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                        measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                        their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                        they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                        this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                        quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                        what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                        24

                        ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                        ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                        of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                        qualitative approach

                        522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                        Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                        quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                        natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                        than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                        structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                        Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                        comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                        Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                        1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                        2 Record what is said andor done

                        3 Interpret

                        4 Return to observeask more questions

                        5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                        6 Theorising

                        7 Draw conclusions

                        Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                        point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                        are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                        approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                        knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                        affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                        understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                        and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                        behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                        behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                        sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                        subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                        understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                        research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                        marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                        25

                        practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                        of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                        practice to satisfy customer needs

                        523 Criticism on FGD

                        By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                        discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                        course of the discussions

                        Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                        (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                        seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                        decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                        they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                        community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                        Gibbs 1997)

                        A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                        This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                        ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                        social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                        for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                        sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                        to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                        emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                        wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                        recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                        the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                        also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                        discussion evolves

                        The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                        In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                        time and budget constraints

                        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                        26

                        Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                        supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                        study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                        constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                        Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                        even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                        dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                        assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                        4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                        that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                        descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                        methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                        keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                        the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                        The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                        approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                        methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                        achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                        final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                        qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                        117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                        maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                        credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                        difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                        27

                        60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                        It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                        research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                        very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                        is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                        the result which is the goal of all research works

                        So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                        understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                        without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                        tough to express in an internship report

                        So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                        SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                        internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                        experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                        An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                        organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                        Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                        minimized with a training program

                        A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                        recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                        helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                        should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                        alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                        SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                        human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                        better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                        A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                        becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                        coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                        preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                        28

                        Bibliography

                        Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                        Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                        Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                        Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                        Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                        Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                        Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                        Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                        Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                        Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                        Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                        Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                        Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                        Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                        Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                        Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                        29

                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                        4

                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                        Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                        Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                        Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                        MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                        InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                        InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                        Government Multinational Local

                        Gender Male Female

                        30

                        srgbb

                        1 2 3

                        654

                        1 2

                        Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                        31

                        Issues to be Discussed

                        Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                        UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                        What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                        What are their relative importance or weight levels

                        Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                        Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                        If yes how do you provide the training

                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                        What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                        What are the reasons behind those polices

                        32

                        What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                        Localo Privateo Public

                        USA Australia Canada UK Others

                        What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                        What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                        Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                        Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                        Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                        Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                        What are their variations at your own company

                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                        7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                        10

                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                        33

                        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                        11

                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                        How should UK universities address them

                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                        12

                        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                        13

                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                        14

                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                        15

                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                        What are relative weights of these constraints

                        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                        34

                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                        16

                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                        35

                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                        4

                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                        Type of University Public Private

                        Gender Male Female

                        36

                        2

                        srgbbb

                        1 2

                        1

                        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                        37

                        Issues to be Discussed

                        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                        What are their acceptance levels in general

                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                        38

                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                        10

                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                        11

                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                        How should UK universities address them

                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                        could be competitive

                        13

                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                        14

                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                        15

                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                        What are quality levels of private education

                        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                        39

                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                        16

                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                        40

                        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                        • 10 INTRODUCTION
                          • 11 Origin of the Report
                          • 12 Objective
                          • 13 Methodology
                          • 14 Scope
                          • 15 Limitations
                            • 20 Industry Overview
                              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                • 211 Market segments
                                • 212 Player groups
                                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                        • 30 Company Overview
                                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                          • 32 Organization Chart
                                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                                          • 36 Recent Projects
                                          • 37 Key Clients
                                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                                          • 52 Methodology
                                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                • Bibliography
                                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                          Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

                          worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

                          understand the situation with more depth

                          21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

                          The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

                          player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

                          player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

                          ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

                          Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

                          statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

                          can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

                          211 Market segments

                          In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

                          consultants

                          The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

                          years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

                          DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

                          significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

                          equally spread across the market segments

                          Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

                          Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

                          Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

                          Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

                          Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                          3

                          Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                          These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                          the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                          SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                          their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                          Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                          remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                          BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                          consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                          4

                          All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                          globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                          212 Player groups

                          In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                          Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                          the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                          Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                          sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                          consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                          designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                          Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                          Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                          5

                          In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                          distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                          smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                          Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                          This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                          medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                          by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                          average of 9 and 25 only

                          With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                          Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                          limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                          across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                          sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                          clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                          According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                          consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                          the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                          cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                          areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                          An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                          heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                          aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                          more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                          6

                          rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                          in the new economy in 2000

                          22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                          Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                          find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                          The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                          players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                          completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                          of other three firms

                          221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                          ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                          has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                          300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                          bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                          have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                          development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                          international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                          techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                          dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                          we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                          fields of operation later

                          222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                          Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                          research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                          research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                          and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                          to IMRBs expertise

                          Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                          Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                          national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                          Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                          7

                          audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                          national level household consumer panel since 2005

                          223 The Nielsen Company

                          The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                          research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                          analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                          their markets

                          Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                          behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                          applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                          conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                          their market context

                          BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                          forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                          business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                          commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                          adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                          8

                          30 Company Overview

                          The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                          the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                          complement the story

                          31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                          The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                          and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                          lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                          diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                          processing amp analysis and event management services

                          Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                          Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                          studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                          under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                          experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                          commitment

                          Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                          including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                          experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                          a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                          resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                          accuracy in collecting relevant information

                          In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                          research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                          remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                          close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                          further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                          objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                          workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                          independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                          alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                          experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                          9

                          uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                          and reliability

                          The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                          Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                          All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                          Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                          organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                          quality

                          The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                          management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                          Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                          professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                          Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                          conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                          32 Organization Chart

                          The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                          centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                          10

                          33 Services Offered

                          The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                          Social amp Environmental Research

                          Business Communication Service

                          Automotive Research

                          Agricultural Research

                          Business to Business Research

                          HR Management Service

                          Media Research

                          Mystery Shopping

                          Qualitative Research

                          Quantitative Research

                          Retail Study

                          Healthcare Research

                          Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                          11

                          Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                          34 Qualitative Research

                          SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                          business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                          to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                          diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                          The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                          operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                          motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                          the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                          well

                          The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                          products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                          considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                          Usage and attitude studies

                          Brand equity studies

                          Segmentation studies

                          Positioning research

                          Communication development and evaluation

                          Packaging evaluation studies

                          New product development studies

                          The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                          housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                          including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                          The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                          bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                          creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                          Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                          35 Quantitative Research

                          The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                          in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                          products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                          financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                          12

                          all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                          providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                          The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                          provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                          efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                          At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                          country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                          procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                          data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                          Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                          to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                          Customer satisfaction

                          Mystery shopping

                          Product testing

                          Retailing sector

                          Modeling and data mining

                          Insurance sector

                          Banking sector

                          36 Recent Projects

                          There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                          more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                          Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                          Project Name Client Period of Study

                          1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                          CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                          June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                          2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                          British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                          June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                          AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                          Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                          13

                          USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                          British CouncilDhaka

                          January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                          HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                          August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                          The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                          May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                          Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                          13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                          US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                          October 2008 toMarch 2009

                          37 Key Clients

                          SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                          A International Clients

                          Cisco USA

                          HSBC Hong Kong

                          Telenor Norway

                          Nokia Hong Kong

                          Microsoft USA

                          Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                          ARD Inc USA

                          14

                          BHP-Engineering Australia

                          BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                          Nomura Research Institute Japan

                          International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                          Carana Corporation USA

                          International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                          SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                          ECI Telecom Inc USA

                          Dacom Corporation Korea

                          Korea Telecom Korea

                          Tata Steel India

                          Bare Associates International USA

                          Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                          Tessival SPA Italy

                          G P Group of Companies Thailand

                          Singer Worldwide USA

                          Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                          Carana Corporation USA

                          TOTAL FINA ELF France

                          Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                          Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                          Quantum Market Research India

                          BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                          Pew Research Centre USA

                          Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                          Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                          Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                          Horizon Research Singapore

                          Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                          Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                          Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                          Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                          Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                          Syngenta Hong Kong

                          Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                          Sungwon Corporation Korea

                          Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                          15

                          Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                          Quest International UK

                          Veraz Telecom USA

                          Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                          Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                          China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                          BlueScope Steel Australia

                          International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                          WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                          Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                          Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                          Synovate Hong Kong

                          Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                          AQ Services International Singapore

                          Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                          Columbia University USA

                          B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                          The World Bank

                          United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                          United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                          UNICEF Bangladesh

                          Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                          International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                          Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                          Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                          Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                          United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                          Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                          Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                          International Jute Organization (IJO)

                          CARE Bangladesh

                          SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                          Swisscontact-Katalyst

                          World Vision of Bangladesh

                          JOBS [A USAID Project]

                          OXFAM Bangladesh

                          Concern Bangladesh

                          16

                          German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                          DFID Bangladesh

                          C Domestic Clients

                          Unilever Bangladesh

                          British America Tobacco

                          Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                          Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                          Olympic Industries

                          Bengal Group of Industries

                          A K Khan Group

                          Bashundhara Group of Companies

                          Mutual Group

                          Baraka Group

                          SQ Group

                          Rangs Electronics Ltd

                          Alfa Tobacco Group

                          Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                          Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                          Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                          M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                          Givenchy Group

                          Grameen Bank

                          Alfa Tobacco Group

                          Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                          BASIC Bank Ltd

                          Grameen Uddog

                          Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                          McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                          Grameen Shamogree

                          Tripti Industries

                          Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                          Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                          Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                          Brothers Group

                          Syngenta

                          Giant Group

                          17

                          Bell Corporation

                          Anlima Group

                          Grameen Telecom

                          Grameen Phone

                          Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                          Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                          Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                          Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                          Modern Erection Dhaka

                          BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                          38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                          M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                          Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                          Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                          combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                          CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                          FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                          More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                          Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                          Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                          Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                          presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                          Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                          Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                          National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                          Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                          Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                          Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                          Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                          18

                          Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                          Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                          national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                          Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                          ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                          Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                          Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                          Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                          19

                          40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                          While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                          that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                          perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                          model

                          41 Duties and Responsibilities

                          The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                          weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                          In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                          credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                          While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                          extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                          most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                          42 Completion of the Assignments

                          Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                          the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                          research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                          421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                          It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                          (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                          take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                          was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                          (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                          to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                          successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                          to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                          experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                          like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                          Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                          20

                          422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                          This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                          Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                          effectively

                          423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                          Wave 9

                          This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                          training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                          place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                          424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                          It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                          observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                          43 Benefits of the Program

                          Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                          1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                          to provide critical real world research method information

                          1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                          having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                          a research job in the near future

                          1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                          from the research experts and consultants

                          1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                          from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                          and share ideas

                          1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                          perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                          21

                          50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                          This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                          study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                          Methodology can be defined as

                          the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                          the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                          a particular procedure or set of procedures

                          Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                          comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                          what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                          methodology and finally the justification for it

                          51 Background of the study

                          This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                          some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                          the goal of this study

                          511 Definition of the Business Problem

                          The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                          acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                          We need to be able to

                          1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                          2 Identify new sectors for growth

                          3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                          512 Research Objectives

                          To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                          To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                          Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                          In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                          22

                          1 Top 6 public universities

                          2 Top 5 private universities

                          3 Professional associations

                          4 Government

                          5 Private sector

                          Suggested areas of research

                          Which foreign qualifications are known

                          Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                          Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                          Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                          Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                          Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                          52 Methodology

                          After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                          research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                          effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                          studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                          same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                          The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                          it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                          two methodologies

                          521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                          In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                          statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                          of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                          objectivity

                          Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                          through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                          and standardised data

                          Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                          23

                          1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                          2 Tabulate

                          3 Summarise data

                          4 Analyse data

                          5 Draw conclusions

                          Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                          explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                          utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                          look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                          tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                          behavioural component such as attendance at class

                          So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                          educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                          Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                          They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                          Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                          Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                          These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                          arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                          limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                          reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                          collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                          choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                          A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                          situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                          by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                          Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                          According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                          observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                          measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                          their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                          they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                          this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                          quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                          what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                          24

                          ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                          ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                          of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                          qualitative approach

                          522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                          Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                          quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                          natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                          than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                          structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                          Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                          comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                          Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                          1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                          2 Record what is said andor done

                          3 Interpret

                          4 Return to observeask more questions

                          5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                          6 Theorising

                          7 Draw conclusions

                          Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                          point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                          are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                          approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                          knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                          affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                          understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                          and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                          behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                          behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                          sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                          subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                          understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                          research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                          marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                          25

                          practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                          of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                          practice to satisfy customer needs

                          523 Criticism on FGD

                          By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                          discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                          course of the discussions

                          Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                          (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                          seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                          decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                          they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                          community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                          Gibbs 1997)

                          A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                          This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                          ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                          social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                          for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                          sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                          to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                          emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                          wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                          recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                          the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                          also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                          discussion evolves

                          The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                          In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                          time and budget constraints

                          524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                          26

                          Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                          supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                          study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                          constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                          Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                          even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                          dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                          assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                          4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                          that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                          descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                          methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                          keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                          the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                          The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                          approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                          methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                          achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                          final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                          qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                          117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                          maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                          credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                          difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                          27

                          60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                          It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                          research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                          very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                          is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                          the result which is the goal of all research works

                          So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                          understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                          without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                          tough to express in an internship report

                          So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                          SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                          internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                          experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                          An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                          organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                          Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                          minimized with a training program

                          A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                          recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                          helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                          should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                          alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                          SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                          human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                          better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                          A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                          becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                          coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                          preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                          28

                          Bibliography

                          Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                          Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                          Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                          Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                          Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                          Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                          Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                          Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                          Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                          Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                          Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                          Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                          Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                          Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                          Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                          Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                          29

                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                          4

                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                          Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                          Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                          Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                          MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                          InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                          InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                          Government Multinational Local

                          Gender Male Female

                          30

                          srgbb

                          1 2 3

                          654

                          1 2

                          Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                          31

                          Issues to be Discussed

                          Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                          UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                          What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                          What are their relative importance or weight levels

                          Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                          Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                          If yes how do you provide the training

                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                          What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                          What are the reasons behind those polices

                          32

                          What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                          Localo Privateo Public

                          USA Australia Canada UK Others

                          What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                          What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                          Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                          Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                          Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                          Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                          What are their variations at your own company

                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                          7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                          10

                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                          33

                          brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                          11

                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                          How should UK universities address them

                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                          12

                          What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                          13

                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                          14

                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                          15

                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                          What are relative weights of these constraints

                          What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                          34

                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                          16

                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                          35

                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                          4

                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                          Type of University Public Private

                          Gender Male Female

                          36

                          2

                          srgbbb

                          1 2

                          1

                          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                          37

                          Issues to be Discussed

                          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                          What are their acceptance levels in general

                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                          38

                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                          10

                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                          11

                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                          How should UK universities address them

                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                          could be competitive

                          13

                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                          14

                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                          15

                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                          What are quality levels of private education

                          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                          39

                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                          16

                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                          40

                          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                          • 10 INTRODUCTION
                            • 11 Origin of the Report
                            • 12 Objective
                            • 13 Methodology
                            • 14 Scope
                            • 15 Limitations
                              • 20 Industry Overview
                                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                  • 211 Market segments
                                  • 212 Player groups
                                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                          • 30 Company Overview
                                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                            • 32 Organization Chart
                                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                                            • 36 Recent Projects
                                            • 37 Key Clients
                                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                                            • 52 Methodology
                                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                  • Bibliography
                                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                            Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

                            These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

                            the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

                            SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

                            their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

                            Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

                            remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

                            BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

                            consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

                            4

                            All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                            globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                            212 Player groups

                            In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                            Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                            the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                            Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                            sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                            consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                            designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                            Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                            Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                            5

                            In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                            distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                            smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                            Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                            This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                            medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                            by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                            average of 9 and 25 only

                            With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                            Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                            limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                            across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                            sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                            clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                            According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                            consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                            the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                            cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                            areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                            An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                            heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                            aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                            more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                            6

                            rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                            in the new economy in 2000

                            22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                            Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                            find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                            The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                            players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                            completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                            of other three firms

                            221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                            ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                            has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                            300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                            bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                            have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                            development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                            international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                            techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                            dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                            we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                            fields of operation later

                            222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                            Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                            research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                            research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                            and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                            to IMRBs expertise

                            Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                            Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                            national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                            Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                            7

                            audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                            national level household consumer panel since 2005

                            223 The Nielsen Company

                            The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                            research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                            analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                            their markets

                            Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                            behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                            applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                            conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                            their market context

                            BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                            forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                            business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                            commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                            adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                            8

                            30 Company Overview

                            The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                            the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                            complement the story

                            31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                            The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                            and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                            lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                            diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                            processing amp analysis and event management services

                            Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                            Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                            studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                            under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                            experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                            commitment

                            Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                            including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                            experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                            a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                            resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                            accuracy in collecting relevant information

                            In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                            research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                            remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                            close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                            further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                            objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                            workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                            independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                            alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                            experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                            9

                            uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                            and reliability

                            The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                            Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                            All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                            Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                            organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                            quality

                            The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                            management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                            Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                            professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                            Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                            conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                            32 Organization Chart

                            The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                            centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                            10

                            33 Services Offered

                            The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                            Social amp Environmental Research

                            Business Communication Service

                            Automotive Research

                            Agricultural Research

                            Business to Business Research

                            HR Management Service

                            Media Research

                            Mystery Shopping

                            Qualitative Research

                            Quantitative Research

                            Retail Study

                            Healthcare Research

                            Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                            11

                            Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                            34 Qualitative Research

                            SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                            business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                            to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                            diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                            The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                            operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                            motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                            the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                            well

                            The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                            products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                            considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                            Usage and attitude studies

                            Brand equity studies

                            Segmentation studies

                            Positioning research

                            Communication development and evaluation

                            Packaging evaluation studies

                            New product development studies

                            The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                            housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                            including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                            The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                            bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                            creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                            Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                            35 Quantitative Research

                            The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                            in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                            products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                            financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                            12

                            all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                            providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                            The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                            provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                            efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                            At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                            country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                            procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                            data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                            Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                            to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                            Customer satisfaction

                            Mystery shopping

                            Product testing

                            Retailing sector

                            Modeling and data mining

                            Insurance sector

                            Banking sector

                            36 Recent Projects

                            There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                            more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                            Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                            Project Name Client Period of Study

                            1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                            CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                            June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                            2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                            British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                            June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                            AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                            Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                            13

                            USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                            British CouncilDhaka

                            January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                            HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                            August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                            The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                            May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                            Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                            13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                            US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                            October 2008 toMarch 2009

                            37 Key Clients

                            SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                            A International Clients

                            Cisco USA

                            HSBC Hong Kong

                            Telenor Norway

                            Nokia Hong Kong

                            Microsoft USA

                            Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                            ARD Inc USA

                            14

                            BHP-Engineering Australia

                            BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                            Nomura Research Institute Japan

                            International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                            Carana Corporation USA

                            International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                            SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                            ECI Telecom Inc USA

                            Dacom Corporation Korea

                            Korea Telecom Korea

                            Tata Steel India

                            Bare Associates International USA

                            Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                            Tessival SPA Italy

                            G P Group of Companies Thailand

                            Singer Worldwide USA

                            Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                            Carana Corporation USA

                            TOTAL FINA ELF France

                            Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                            Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                            Quantum Market Research India

                            BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                            Pew Research Centre USA

                            Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                            Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                            Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                            Horizon Research Singapore

                            Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                            Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                            Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                            Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                            Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                            Syngenta Hong Kong

                            Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                            Sungwon Corporation Korea

                            Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                            15

                            Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                            Quest International UK

                            Veraz Telecom USA

                            Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                            Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                            China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                            BlueScope Steel Australia

                            International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                            WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                            Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                            Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                            Synovate Hong Kong

                            Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                            AQ Services International Singapore

                            Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                            Columbia University USA

                            B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                            The World Bank

                            United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                            United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                            UNICEF Bangladesh

                            Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                            International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                            Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                            Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                            Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                            United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                            Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                            Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                            International Jute Organization (IJO)

                            CARE Bangladesh

                            SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                            Swisscontact-Katalyst

                            World Vision of Bangladesh

                            JOBS [A USAID Project]

                            OXFAM Bangladesh

                            Concern Bangladesh

                            16

                            German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                            DFID Bangladesh

                            C Domestic Clients

                            Unilever Bangladesh

                            British America Tobacco

                            Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                            Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                            Olympic Industries

                            Bengal Group of Industries

                            A K Khan Group

                            Bashundhara Group of Companies

                            Mutual Group

                            Baraka Group

                            SQ Group

                            Rangs Electronics Ltd

                            Alfa Tobacco Group

                            Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                            Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                            Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                            M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                            Givenchy Group

                            Grameen Bank

                            Alfa Tobacco Group

                            Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                            BASIC Bank Ltd

                            Grameen Uddog

                            Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                            McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                            Grameen Shamogree

                            Tripti Industries

                            Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                            Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                            Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                            Brothers Group

                            Syngenta

                            Giant Group

                            17

                            Bell Corporation

                            Anlima Group

                            Grameen Telecom

                            Grameen Phone

                            Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                            Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                            Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                            Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                            Modern Erection Dhaka

                            BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                            38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                            M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                            Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                            Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                            combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                            CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                            FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                            More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                            Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                            Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                            Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                            presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                            Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                            Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                            National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                            Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                            Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                            Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                            Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                            18

                            Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                            Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                            national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                            Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                            ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                            Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                            Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                            Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                            19

                            40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                            While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                            that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                            perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                            model

                            41 Duties and Responsibilities

                            The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                            weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                            In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                            credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                            While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                            extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                            most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                            42 Completion of the Assignments

                            Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                            the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                            research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                            421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                            It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                            (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                            take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                            was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                            (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                            to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                            successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                            to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                            experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                            like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                            Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                            20

                            422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                            This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                            Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                            effectively

                            423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                            Wave 9

                            This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                            training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                            place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                            424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                            It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                            observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                            43 Benefits of the Program

                            Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                            1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                            to provide critical real world research method information

                            1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                            having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                            a research job in the near future

                            1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                            from the research experts and consultants

                            1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                            from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                            and share ideas

                            1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                            perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                            21

                            50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                            This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                            study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                            Methodology can be defined as

                            the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                            the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                            a particular procedure or set of procedures

                            Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                            comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                            what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                            methodology and finally the justification for it

                            51 Background of the study

                            This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                            some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                            the goal of this study

                            511 Definition of the Business Problem

                            The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                            acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                            We need to be able to

                            1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                            2 Identify new sectors for growth

                            3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                            512 Research Objectives

                            To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                            To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                            Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                            In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                            22

                            1 Top 6 public universities

                            2 Top 5 private universities

                            3 Professional associations

                            4 Government

                            5 Private sector

                            Suggested areas of research

                            Which foreign qualifications are known

                            Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                            Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                            Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                            Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                            Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                            52 Methodology

                            After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                            research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                            effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                            studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                            same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                            The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                            it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                            two methodologies

                            521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                            In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                            statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                            of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                            objectivity

                            Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                            through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                            and standardised data

                            Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                            23

                            1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                            2 Tabulate

                            3 Summarise data

                            4 Analyse data

                            5 Draw conclusions

                            Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                            explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                            utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                            look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                            tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                            behavioural component such as attendance at class

                            So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                            educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                            Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                            They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                            Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                            Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                            These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                            arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                            limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                            reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                            collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                            choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                            A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                            situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                            by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                            Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                            According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                            observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                            measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                            their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                            they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                            this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                            quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                            what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                            24

                            ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                            ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                            of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                            qualitative approach

                            522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                            Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                            quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                            natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                            than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                            structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                            Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                            comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                            Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                            1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                            2 Record what is said andor done

                            3 Interpret

                            4 Return to observeask more questions

                            5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                            6 Theorising

                            7 Draw conclusions

                            Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                            point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                            are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                            approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                            knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                            affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                            understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                            and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                            behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                            behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                            sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                            subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                            understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                            research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                            marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                            25

                            practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                            of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                            practice to satisfy customer needs

                            523 Criticism on FGD

                            By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                            discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                            course of the discussions

                            Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                            (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                            seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                            decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                            they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                            community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                            Gibbs 1997)

                            A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                            This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                            ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                            social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                            for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                            sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                            to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                            emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                            wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                            recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                            the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                            also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                            discussion evolves

                            The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                            In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                            time and budget constraints

                            524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                            26

                            Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                            supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                            study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                            constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                            Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                            even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                            dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                            assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                            4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                            that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                            descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                            methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                            keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                            the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                            The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                            approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                            methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                            achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                            final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                            qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                            117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                            maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                            credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                            difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                            27

                            60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                            It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                            research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                            very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                            is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                            the result which is the goal of all research works

                            So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                            understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                            without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                            tough to express in an internship report

                            So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                            SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                            internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                            experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                            An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                            organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                            Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                            minimized with a training program

                            A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                            recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                            helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                            should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                            alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                            SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                            human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                            better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                            A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                            becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                            coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                            preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                            28

                            Bibliography

                            Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                            Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                            Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                            Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                            Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                            Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                            Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                            Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                            Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                            Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                            Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                            Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                            Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                            Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                            Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                            Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                            29

                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                            4

                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                            Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                            Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                            Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                            MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                            InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                            InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                            Government Multinational Local

                            Gender Male Female

                            30

                            srgbb

                            1 2 3

                            654

                            1 2

                            Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                            31

                            Issues to be Discussed

                            Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                            UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                            What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                            What are their relative importance or weight levels

                            Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                            Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                            If yes how do you provide the training

                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                            What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                            What are the reasons behind those polices

                            32

                            What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                            Localo Privateo Public

                            USA Australia Canada UK Others

                            What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                            What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                            Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                            Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                            Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                            Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                            What are their variations at your own company

                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                            7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                            10

                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                            33

                            brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                            11

                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                            How should UK universities address them

                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                            12

                            What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                            13

                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                            14

                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                            15

                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                            What are relative weights of these constraints

                            What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                            34

                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                            16

                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                            35

                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                            4

                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                            Type of University Public Private

                            Gender Male Female

                            36

                            2

                            srgbbb

                            1 2

                            1

                            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                            37

                            Issues to be Discussed

                            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                            What are their acceptance levels in general

                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                            38

                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                            10

                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                            11

                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                            How should UK universities address them

                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                            could be competitive

                            13

                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                            14

                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                            15

                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                            What are quality levels of private education

                            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                            39

                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                            16

                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                            40

                            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                            • 10 INTRODUCTION
                              • 11 Origin of the Report
                              • 12 Objective
                              • 13 Methodology
                              • 14 Scope
                              • 15 Limitations
                                • 20 Industry Overview
                                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                    • 211 Market segments
                                    • 212 Player groups
                                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                            • 30 Company Overview
                                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                              • 32 Organization Chart
                                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                                              • 36 Recent Projects
                                              • 37 Key Clients
                                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                    • Bibliography
                                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                              All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

                              globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

                              212 Player groups

                              In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

                              Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

                              the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

                              Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

                              sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

                              consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

                              designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

                              Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

                              Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

                              5

                              In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                              distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                              smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                              Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                              This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                              medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                              by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                              average of 9 and 25 only

                              With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                              Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                              limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                              across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                              sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                              clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                              According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                              consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                              the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                              cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                              areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                              An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                              heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                              aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                              more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                              6

                              rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                              in the new economy in 2000

                              22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                              Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                              find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                              The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                              players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                              completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                              of other three firms

                              221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                              ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                              has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                              300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                              bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                              have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                              development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                              international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                              techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                              dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                              we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                              fields of operation later

                              222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                              Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                              research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                              research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                              and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                              to IMRBs expertise

                              Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                              Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                              national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                              Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                              7

                              audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                              national level household consumer panel since 2005

                              223 The Nielsen Company

                              The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                              research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                              analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                              their markets

                              Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                              behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                              applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                              conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                              their market context

                              BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                              forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                              business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                              commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                              adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                              8

                              30 Company Overview

                              The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                              the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                              complement the story

                              31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                              The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                              and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                              lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                              diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                              processing amp analysis and event management services

                              Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                              Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                              studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                              under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                              experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                              commitment

                              Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                              including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                              experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                              a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                              resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                              accuracy in collecting relevant information

                              In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                              research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                              remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                              close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                              further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                              objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                              workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                              independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                              alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                              experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                              9

                              uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                              and reliability

                              The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                              Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                              All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                              Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                              organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                              quality

                              The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                              management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                              Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                              professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                              Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                              conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                              32 Organization Chart

                              The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                              centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                              10

                              33 Services Offered

                              The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                              Social amp Environmental Research

                              Business Communication Service

                              Automotive Research

                              Agricultural Research

                              Business to Business Research

                              HR Management Service

                              Media Research

                              Mystery Shopping

                              Qualitative Research

                              Quantitative Research

                              Retail Study

                              Healthcare Research

                              Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                              11

                              Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                              34 Qualitative Research

                              SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                              business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                              to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                              diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                              The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                              operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                              motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                              the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                              well

                              The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                              products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                              considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                              Usage and attitude studies

                              Brand equity studies

                              Segmentation studies

                              Positioning research

                              Communication development and evaluation

                              Packaging evaluation studies

                              New product development studies

                              The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                              housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                              including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                              The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                              bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                              creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                              Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                              35 Quantitative Research

                              The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                              in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                              products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                              financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                              12

                              all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                              providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                              The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                              provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                              efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                              At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                              country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                              procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                              data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                              Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                              to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                              Customer satisfaction

                              Mystery shopping

                              Product testing

                              Retailing sector

                              Modeling and data mining

                              Insurance sector

                              Banking sector

                              36 Recent Projects

                              There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                              more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                              Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                              Project Name Client Period of Study

                              1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                              CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                              June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                              2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                              British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                              June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                              AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                              Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                              13

                              USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                              British CouncilDhaka

                              January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                              HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                              August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                              The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                              May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                              Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                              13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                              US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                              October 2008 toMarch 2009

                              37 Key Clients

                              SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                              A International Clients

                              Cisco USA

                              HSBC Hong Kong

                              Telenor Norway

                              Nokia Hong Kong

                              Microsoft USA

                              Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                              ARD Inc USA

                              14

                              BHP-Engineering Australia

                              BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                              Nomura Research Institute Japan

                              International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                              Carana Corporation USA

                              International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                              SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                              ECI Telecom Inc USA

                              Dacom Corporation Korea

                              Korea Telecom Korea

                              Tata Steel India

                              Bare Associates International USA

                              Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                              Tessival SPA Italy

                              G P Group of Companies Thailand

                              Singer Worldwide USA

                              Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                              Carana Corporation USA

                              TOTAL FINA ELF France

                              Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                              Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                              Quantum Market Research India

                              BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                              Pew Research Centre USA

                              Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                              Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                              Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                              Horizon Research Singapore

                              Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                              Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                              Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                              Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                              Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                              Syngenta Hong Kong

                              Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                              Sungwon Corporation Korea

                              Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                              15

                              Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                              Quest International UK

                              Veraz Telecom USA

                              Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                              Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                              China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                              BlueScope Steel Australia

                              International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                              WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                              Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                              Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                              Synovate Hong Kong

                              Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                              AQ Services International Singapore

                              Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                              Columbia University USA

                              B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                              The World Bank

                              United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                              United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                              UNICEF Bangladesh

                              Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                              International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                              Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                              Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                              Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                              United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                              Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                              Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                              International Jute Organization (IJO)

                              CARE Bangladesh

                              SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                              Swisscontact-Katalyst

                              World Vision of Bangladesh

                              JOBS [A USAID Project]

                              OXFAM Bangladesh

                              Concern Bangladesh

                              16

                              German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                              DFID Bangladesh

                              C Domestic Clients

                              Unilever Bangladesh

                              British America Tobacco

                              Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                              Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                              Olympic Industries

                              Bengal Group of Industries

                              A K Khan Group

                              Bashundhara Group of Companies

                              Mutual Group

                              Baraka Group

                              SQ Group

                              Rangs Electronics Ltd

                              Alfa Tobacco Group

                              Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                              Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                              Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                              M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                              Givenchy Group

                              Grameen Bank

                              Alfa Tobacco Group

                              Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                              BASIC Bank Ltd

                              Grameen Uddog

                              Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                              McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                              Grameen Shamogree

                              Tripti Industries

                              Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                              Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                              Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                              Brothers Group

                              Syngenta

                              Giant Group

                              17

                              Bell Corporation

                              Anlima Group

                              Grameen Telecom

                              Grameen Phone

                              Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                              Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                              Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                              Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                              Modern Erection Dhaka

                              BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                              38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                              M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                              Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                              Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                              combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                              CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                              FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                              More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                              Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                              Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                              Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                              presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                              Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                              Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                              National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                              Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                              Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                              Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                              Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                              18

                              Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                              Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                              national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                              Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                              ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                              Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                              Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                              Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                              19

                              40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                              While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                              that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                              perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                              model

                              41 Duties and Responsibilities

                              The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                              weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                              In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                              credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                              While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                              extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                              most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                              42 Completion of the Assignments

                              Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                              the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                              research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                              421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                              It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                              (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                              take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                              was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                              (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                              to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                              successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                              to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                              experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                              like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                              Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                              20

                              422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                              This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                              Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                              effectively

                              423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                              Wave 9

                              This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                              training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                              place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                              424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                              It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                              observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                              43 Benefits of the Program

                              Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                              1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                              to provide critical real world research method information

                              1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                              having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                              a research job in the near future

                              1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                              from the research experts and consultants

                              1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                              from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                              and share ideas

                              1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                              perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                              21

                              50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                              This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                              study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                              Methodology can be defined as

                              the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                              the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                              a particular procedure or set of procedures

                              Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                              comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                              what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                              methodology and finally the justification for it

                              51 Background of the study

                              This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                              some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                              the goal of this study

                              511 Definition of the Business Problem

                              The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                              acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                              We need to be able to

                              1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                              2 Identify new sectors for growth

                              3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                              512 Research Objectives

                              To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                              To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                              Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                              In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                              22

                              1 Top 6 public universities

                              2 Top 5 private universities

                              3 Professional associations

                              4 Government

                              5 Private sector

                              Suggested areas of research

                              Which foreign qualifications are known

                              Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                              Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                              Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                              Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                              Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                              52 Methodology

                              After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                              research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                              effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                              studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                              same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                              The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                              it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                              two methodologies

                              521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                              In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                              statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                              of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                              objectivity

                              Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                              through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                              and standardised data

                              Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                              23

                              1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                              2 Tabulate

                              3 Summarise data

                              4 Analyse data

                              5 Draw conclusions

                              Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                              explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                              utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                              look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                              tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                              behavioural component such as attendance at class

                              So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                              educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                              Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                              They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                              Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                              Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                              These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                              arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                              limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                              reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                              collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                              choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                              A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                              situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                              by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                              Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                              According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                              observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                              measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                              their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                              they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                              this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                              quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                              what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                              24

                              ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                              ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                              of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                              qualitative approach

                              522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                              Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                              quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                              natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                              than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                              structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                              Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                              comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                              Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                              1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                              2 Record what is said andor done

                              3 Interpret

                              4 Return to observeask more questions

                              5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                              6 Theorising

                              7 Draw conclusions

                              Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                              point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                              are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                              approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                              knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                              affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                              understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                              and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                              behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                              behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                              sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                              subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                              understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                              research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                              marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                              25

                              practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                              of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                              practice to satisfy customer needs

                              523 Criticism on FGD

                              By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                              discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                              course of the discussions

                              Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                              (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                              seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                              decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                              they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                              community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                              Gibbs 1997)

                              A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                              This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                              ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                              social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                              for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                              sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                              to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                              emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                              wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                              recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                              the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                              also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                              discussion evolves

                              The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                              In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                              time and budget constraints

                              524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                              26

                              Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                              supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                              study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                              constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                              Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                              even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                              dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                              assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                              4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                              that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                              descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                              methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                              keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                              the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                              The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                              approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                              methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                              achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                              final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                              qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                              117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                              maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                              credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                              difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                              27

                              60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                              It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                              research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                              very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                              is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                              the result which is the goal of all research works

                              So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                              understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                              without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                              tough to express in an internship report

                              So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                              SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                              internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                              experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                              An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                              organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                              Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                              minimized with a training program

                              A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                              recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                              helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                              should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                              alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                              SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                              human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                              better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                              A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                              becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                              coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                              preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                              28

                              Bibliography

                              Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                              Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                              Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                              Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                              Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                              Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                              Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                              Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                              Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                              Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                              Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                              Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                              Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                              Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                              Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                              Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                              29

                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                              4

                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                              Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                              Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                              Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                              MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                              InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                              InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                              Government Multinational Local

                              Gender Male Female

                              30

                              srgbb

                              1 2 3

                              654

                              1 2

                              Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                              31

                              Issues to be Discussed

                              Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                              UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                              What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                              What are their relative importance or weight levels

                              Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                              Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                              If yes how do you provide the training

                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                              What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                              What are the reasons behind those polices

                              32

                              What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                              Localo Privateo Public

                              USA Australia Canada UK Others

                              What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                              What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                              Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                              Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                              Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                              Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                              What are their variations at your own company

                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                              7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                              10

                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                              33

                              brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                              11

                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                              How should UK universities address them

                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                              12

                              What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                              13

                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                              14

                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                              15

                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                              What are relative weights of these constraints

                              What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                              34

                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                              16

                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                              35

                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                              4

                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                              In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                              Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                              Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                              MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                              Type of University Public Private

                              Gender Male Female

                              36

                              2

                              srgbbb

                              1 2

                              1

                              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                              37

                              Issues to be Discussed

                              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                              What are their acceptance levels in general

                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                              38

                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                              10

                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                              11

                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                              How should UK universities address them

                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                              could be competitive

                              13

                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                              14

                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                              15

                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                              What are quality levels of private education

                              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                              39

                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                              16

                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                              40

                              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                • 11 Origin of the Report
                                • 12 Objective
                                • 13 Methodology
                                • 14 Scope
                                • 15 Limitations
                                  • 20 Industry Overview
                                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                      • 211 Market segments
                                      • 212 Player groups
                                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                              • 30 Company Overview
                                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                                • 37 Key Clients
                                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                      • Bibliography
                                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

                                distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

                                smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

                                Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

                                This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

                                medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

                                by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

                                average of 9 and 25 only

                                With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

                                Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

                                limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

                                across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

                                sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

                                clients for further consulting and auditing activities

                                According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

                                consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

                                the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

                                cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

                                areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

                                An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

                                heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

                                aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

                                more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

                                6

                                rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                                in the new economy in 2000

                                22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                                Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                                find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                                The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                                players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                                completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                                of other three firms

                                221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                                ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                                has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                                300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                                bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                                have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                                development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                                international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                                techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                                dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                                we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                                fields of operation later

                                222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                                Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                                research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                                research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                                and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                                to IMRBs expertise

                                Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                                Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                                national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                                Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                                7

                                audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                                national level household consumer panel since 2005

                                223 The Nielsen Company

                                The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                                research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                                analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                                their markets

                                Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                                behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                                applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                                conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                                their market context

                                BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                                forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                                business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                                commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                                adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                                8

                                30 Company Overview

                                The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                                the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                                complement the story

                                31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                                and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                                lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                                diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                                processing amp analysis and event management services

                                Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                                Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                                studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                                under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                                experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                                commitment

                                Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                                including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                                experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                                a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                                resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                                accuracy in collecting relevant information

                                In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                                research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                                remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                                close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                                further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                                objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                                workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                                independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                                alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                                experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                                9

                                uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                                and reliability

                                The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                                Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                                All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                                Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                                organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                                quality

                                The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                                management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                                Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                                professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                                Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                                conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                                32 Organization Chart

                                The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                                centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                                10

                                33 Services Offered

                                The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                Social amp Environmental Research

                                Business Communication Service

                                Automotive Research

                                Agricultural Research

                                Business to Business Research

                                HR Management Service

                                Media Research

                                Mystery Shopping

                                Qualitative Research

                                Quantitative Research

                                Retail Study

                                Healthcare Research

                                Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                11

                                Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                34 Qualitative Research

                                SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                well

                                The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                Usage and attitude studies

                                Brand equity studies

                                Segmentation studies

                                Positioning research

                                Communication development and evaluation

                                Packaging evaluation studies

                                New product development studies

                                The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                35 Quantitative Research

                                The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                12

                                all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                Customer satisfaction

                                Mystery shopping

                                Product testing

                                Retailing sector

                                Modeling and data mining

                                Insurance sector

                                Banking sector

                                36 Recent Projects

                                There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                Project Name Client Period of Study

                                1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                13

                                USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                British CouncilDhaka

                                January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                37 Key Clients

                                SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                A International Clients

                                Cisco USA

                                HSBC Hong Kong

                                Telenor Norway

                                Nokia Hong Kong

                                Microsoft USA

                                Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                ARD Inc USA

                                14

                                BHP-Engineering Australia

                                BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                Carana Corporation USA

                                International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                Dacom Corporation Korea

                                Korea Telecom Korea

                                Tata Steel India

                                Bare Associates International USA

                                Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                Tessival SPA Italy

                                G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                Singer Worldwide USA

                                Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                Carana Corporation USA

                                TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                Quantum Market Research India

                                BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                Pew Research Centre USA

                                Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                Horizon Research Singapore

                                Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                Syngenta Hong Kong

                                Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                15

                                Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                Quest International UK

                                Veraz Telecom USA

                                Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                BlueScope Steel Australia

                                International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                Synovate Hong Kong

                                Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                AQ Services International Singapore

                                Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                Columbia University USA

                                B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                The World Bank

                                United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                UNICEF Bangladesh

                                Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                CARE Bangladesh

                                SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                World Vision of Bangladesh

                                JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                OXFAM Bangladesh

                                Concern Bangladesh

                                16

                                German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                DFID Bangladesh

                                C Domestic Clients

                                Unilever Bangladesh

                                British America Tobacco

                                Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                Olympic Industries

                                Bengal Group of Industries

                                A K Khan Group

                                Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                Mutual Group

                                Baraka Group

                                SQ Group

                                Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                Alfa Tobacco Group

                                Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                Givenchy Group

                                Grameen Bank

                                Alfa Tobacco Group

                                Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                BASIC Bank Ltd

                                Grameen Uddog

                                Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                Grameen Shamogree

                                Tripti Industries

                                Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                Brothers Group

                                Syngenta

                                Giant Group

                                17

                                Bell Corporation

                                Anlima Group

                                Grameen Telecom

                                Grameen Phone

                                Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                Modern Erection Dhaka

                                BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                18

                                Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                19

                                40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                model

                                41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                42 Completion of the Assignments

                                Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                20

                                422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                effectively

                                423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                Wave 9

                                This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                43 Benefits of the Program

                                Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                to provide critical real world research method information

                                1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                a research job in the near future

                                1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                from the research experts and consultants

                                1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                and share ideas

                                1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                21

                                50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                Methodology can be defined as

                                the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                methodology and finally the justification for it

                                51 Background of the study

                                This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                the goal of this study

                                511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                We need to be able to

                                1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                512 Research Objectives

                                To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                22

                                1 Top 6 public universities

                                2 Top 5 private universities

                                3 Professional associations

                                4 Government

                                5 Private sector

                                Suggested areas of research

                                Which foreign qualifications are known

                                Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                52 Methodology

                                After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                two methodologies

                                521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                objectivity

                                Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                and standardised data

                                Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                23

                                1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                2 Tabulate

                                3 Summarise data

                                4 Analyse data

                                5 Draw conclusions

                                Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                24

                                ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                qualitative approach

                                522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                2 Record what is said andor done

                                3 Interpret

                                4 Return to observeask more questions

                                5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                6 Theorising

                                7 Draw conclusions

                                Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                25

                                practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                practice to satisfy customer needs

                                523 Criticism on FGD

                                By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                course of the discussions

                                Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                Gibbs 1997)

                                A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                discussion evolves

                                The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                time and budget constraints

                                524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                26

                                Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                27

                                60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                the result which is the goal of all research works

                                So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                tough to express in an internship report

                                So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                minimized with a training program

                                A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                28

                                Bibliography

                                Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                29

                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                4

                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                Government Multinational Local

                                Gender Male Female

                                30

                                srgbb

                                1 2 3

                                654

                                1 2

                                Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                31

                                Issues to be Discussed

                                Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                If yes how do you provide the training

                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                What are the reasons behind those polices

                                32

                                What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                Localo Privateo Public

                                USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                What are their variations at your own company

                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                10

                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                33

                                brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                11

                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                How should UK universities address them

                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                12

                                What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                13

                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                14

                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                15

                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                What are relative weights of these constraints

                                What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                34

                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                16

                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                35

                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                4

                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                Type of University Public Private

                                Gender Male Female

                                36

                                2

                                srgbbb

                                1 2

                                1

                                Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                37

                                Issues to be Discussed

                                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                What are their acceptance levels in general

                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                38

                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                10

                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                11

                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                How should UK universities address them

                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                could be competitive

                                13

                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                14

                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                15

                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                What are quality levels of private education

                                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                39

                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                16

                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                40

                                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                                  • 12 Objective
                                  • 13 Methodology
                                  • 14 Scope
                                  • 15 Limitations
                                    • 20 Industry Overview
                                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                        • 211 Market segments
                                        • 212 Player groups
                                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                • 30 Company Overview
                                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                        • Bibliography
                                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                  rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

                                  in the new economy in 2000

                                  22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

                                  Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

                                  find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

                                  The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

                                  players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

                                  completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

                                  of other three firms

                                  221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

                                  ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

                                  has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

                                  300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

                                  bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

                                  have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

                                  development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

                                  international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

                                  techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

                                  dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

                                  we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

                                  fields of operation later

                                  222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

                                  Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

                                  research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

                                  research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

                                  and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

                                  to IMRBs expertise

                                  Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

                                  Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

                                  national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

                                  Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

                                  7

                                  audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                                  national level household consumer panel since 2005

                                  223 The Nielsen Company

                                  The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                                  research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                                  analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                                  their markets

                                  Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                                  behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                                  applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                                  conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                                  their market context

                                  BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                                  forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                                  business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                                  commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                                  adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                                  8

                                  30 Company Overview

                                  The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                                  the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                                  complement the story

                                  31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                  The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                                  and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                                  lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                                  diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                                  processing amp analysis and event management services

                                  Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                                  Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                                  studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                                  under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                                  experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                                  commitment

                                  Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                                  including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                                  experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                                  a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                                  resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                                  accuracy in collecting relevant information

                                  In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                                  research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                                  remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                                  close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                                  further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                                  objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                                  workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                                  independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                                  alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                                  experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                                  9

                                  uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                                  and reliability

                                  The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                                  Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                                  All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                                  Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                                  organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                                  quality

                                  The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                                  management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                                  Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                                  professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                                  Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                                  conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                                  32 Organization Chart

                                  The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                                  centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                                  10

                                  33 Services Offered

                                  The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                  Social amp Environmental Research

                                  Business Communication Service

                                  Automotive Research

                                  Agricultural Research

                                  Business to Business Research

                                  HR Management Service

                                  Media Research

                                  Mystery Shopping

                                  Qualitative Research

                                  Quantitative Research

                                  Retail Study

                                  Healthcare Research

                                  Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                  11

                                  Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                  34 Qualitative Research

                                  SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                  business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                  to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                  diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                  The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                  operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                  motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                  the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                  well

                                  The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                  products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                  considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                  Usage and attitude studies

                                  Brand equity studies

                                  Segmentation studies

                                  Positioning research

                                  Communication development and evaluation

                                  Packaging evaluation studies

                                  New product development studies

                                  The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                  housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                  including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                  The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                  bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                  creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                  Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                  35 Quantitative Research

                                  The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                  in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                  products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                  financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                  12

                                  all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                  providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                  The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                  provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                  efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                  At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                  country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                  procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                  data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                  Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                  to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                  Customer satisfaction

                                  Mystery shopping

                                  Product testing

                                  Retailing sector

                                  Modeling and data mining

                                  Insurance sector

                                  Banking sector

                                  36 Recent Projects

                                  There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                  more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                  Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                  Project Name Client Period of Study

                                  1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                  CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                  June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                  2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                  British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                  June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                  AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                  April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                  Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                  April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                  13

                                  USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                  British CouncilDhaka

                                  January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                  HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                  August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                  The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                  May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                  Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                  Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                  Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                  January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                  13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                  US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                  October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                  37 Key Clients

                                  SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                  A International Clients

                                  Cisco USA

                                  HSBC Hong Kong

                                  Telenor Norway

                                  Nokia Hong Kong

                                  Microsoft USA

                                  Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                  ARD Inc USA

                                  14

                                  BHP-Engineering Australia

                                  BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                  Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                  International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                  Carana Corporation USA

                                  International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                  SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                  ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                  Dacom Corporation Korea

                                  Korea Telecom Korea

                                  Tata Steel India

                                  Bare Associates International USA

                                  Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                  Tessival SPA Italy

                                  G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                  Singer Worldwide USA

                                  Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                  Carana Corporation USA

                                  TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                  Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                  Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                  Quantum Market Research India

                                  BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                  Pew Research Centre USA

                                  Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                  Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                  Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                  Horizon Research Singapore

                                  Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                  Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                  Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                  Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                  Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                  Syngenta Hong Kong

                                  Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                  Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                  Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                  15

                                  Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                  Quest International UK

                                  Veraz Telecom USA

                                  Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                  Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                  China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                  BlueScope Steel Australia

                                  International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                  WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                  Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                  Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                  Synovate Hong Kong

                                  Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                  AQ Services International Singapore

                                  Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                  Columbia University USA

                                  B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                  The World Bank

                                  United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                  United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                  UNICEF Bangladesh

                                  Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                  International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                  Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                  Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                  Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                  United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                  Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                  Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                  International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                  CARE Bangladesh

                                  SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                  Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                  World Vision of Bangladesh

                                  JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                  OXFAM Bangladesh

                                  Concern Bangladesh

                                  16

                                  German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                  DFID Bangladesh

                                  C Domestic Clients

                                  Unilever Bangladesh

                                  British America Tobacco

                                  Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                  Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                  Olympic Industries

                                  Bengal Group of Industries

                                  A K Khan Group

                                  Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                  Mutual Group

                                  Baraka Group

                                  SQ Group

                                  Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                                  Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                  Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                  Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                  M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                  Givenchy Group

                                  Grameen Bank

                                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                                  Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                  BASIC Bank Ltd

                                  Grameen Uddog

                                  Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                  McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                  Grameen Shamogree

                                  Tripti Industries

                                  Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                  Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                  Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                  Brothers Group

                                  Syngenta

                                  Giant Group

                                  17

                                  Bell Corporation

                                  Anlima Group

                                  Grameen Telecom

                                  Grameen Phone

                                  Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                  Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                  Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                  Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                  Modern Erection Dhaka

                                  BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                  38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                  M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                  Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                  Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                  combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                  CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                  FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                  More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                  Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                  Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                  Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                  presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                  Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                  Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                  National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                  Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                  Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                  Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                  Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                  18

                                  Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                  Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                  national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                  Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                  ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                  Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                  Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                  Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                  19

                                  40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                  While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                  that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                  perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                  model

                                  41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                  The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                  weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                  In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                  credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                  While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                  extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                  most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                  42 Completion of the Assignments

                                  Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                  the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                  research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                  421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                  It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                  (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                  take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                  was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                  (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                  to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                  successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                  to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                  experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                  like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                  Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                  20

                                  422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                  This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                  Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                  effectively

                                  423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                  Wave 9

                                  This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                  training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                  place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                  424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                  It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                  observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                  43 Benefits of the Program

                                  Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                  1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                  to provide critical real world research method information

                                  1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                  having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                  a research job in the near future

                                  1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                  from the research experts and consultants

                                  1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                  from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                  and share ideas

                                  1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                  perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                  21

                                  50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                  This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                  study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                  Methodology can be defined as

                                  the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                  the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                  a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                  Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                  comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                  what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                  methodology and finally the justification for it

                                  51 Background of the study

                                  This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                  some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                  the goal of this study

                                  511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                  The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                  acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                  We need to be able to

                                  1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                  2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                  3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                  512 Research Objectives

                                  To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                  To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                  Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                  In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                  22

                                  1 Top 6 public universities

                                  2 Top 5 private universities

                                  3 Professional associations

                                  4 Government

                                  5 Private sector

                                  Suggested areas of research

                                  Which foreign qualifications are known

                                  Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                  Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                  Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                  Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                  Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                  52 Methodology

                                  After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                  research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                  effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                  studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                  same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                  The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                  it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                  two methodologies

                                  521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                  In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                  statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                  of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                  objectivity

                                  Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                  through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                  and standardised data

                                  Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                  23

                                  1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                  2 Tabulate

                                  3 Summarise data

                                  4 Analyse data

                                  5 Draw conclusions

                                  Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                  explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                  utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                  look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                  tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                  behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                  So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                  educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                  Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                  They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                  Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                  Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                  These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                  arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                  limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                  reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                  collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                  choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                  A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                  situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                  by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                  Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                  According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                  observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                  measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                  their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                  they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                  this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                  quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                  what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                  24

                                  ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                  ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                  of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                  qualitative approach

                                  522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                  Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                  quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                  natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                  than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                  structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                  Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                  comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                  Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                  1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                  2 Record what is said andor done

                                  3 Interpret

                                  4 Return to observeask more questions

                                  5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                  6 Theorising

                                  7 Draw conclusions

                                  Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                  point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                  are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                  approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                  knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                  affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                  understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                  and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                  behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                  behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                  sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                  subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                  understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                  research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                  marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                  25

                                  practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                  of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                  practice to satisfy customer needs

                                  523 Criticism on FGD

                                  By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                  discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                  course of the discussions

                                  Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                  (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                  seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                  decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                  they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                  community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                  Gibbs 1997)

                                  A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                  This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                  ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                  social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                  for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                  sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                  to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                  emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                  wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                  recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                  the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                  also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                  discussion evolves

                                  The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                  In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                  time and budget constraints

                                  524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                  26

                                  Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                  supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                  study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                  constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                  Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                  even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                  dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                  assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                  4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                  that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                  descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                  methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                  keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                  the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                  The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                  approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                  methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                  achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                  final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                  qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                  117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                  maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                  credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                  difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                  27

                                  60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                  It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                  research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                  very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                  is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                  the result which is the goal of all research works

                                  So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                  understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                  without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                  tough to express in an internship report

                                  So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                  SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                  internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                  experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                  An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                  organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                  Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                  minimized with a training program

                                  A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                  recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                  helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                  should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                  alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                  SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                  human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                  better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                  A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                  becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                  coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                  preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                  28

                                  Bibliography

                                  Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                  Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                  Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                  Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                  Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                  Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                  Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                  Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                  Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                  Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                  Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                  Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                  Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                  Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                  Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                  Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                  29

                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                  4

                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                  Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                  Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                  Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                  Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                  MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                  InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                  InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                  Government Multinational Local

                                  Gender Male Female

                                  30

                                  srgbb

                                  1 2 3

                                  654

                                  1 2

                                  Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                  31

                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                  Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                  UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                  What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                  What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                  Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                  Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                  If yes how do you provide the training

                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                  What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                  What are the reasons behind those polices

                                  32

                                  What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                  Localo Privateo Public

                                  USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                  What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                  What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                  Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                  Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                  Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                  Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                  What are their variations at your own company

                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                  7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                  10

                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                  33

                                  brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                  11

                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                  How should UK universities address them

                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                  12

                                  What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                  13

                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                  14

                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                  15

                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                  What are relative weights of these constraints

                                  What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                  34

                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                  16

                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                  35

                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                  4

                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                  Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                  In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                  Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                  Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                  MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                  Type of University Public Private

                                  Gender Male Female

                                  36

                                  2

                                  srgbbb

                                  1 2

                                  1

                                  Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                  37

                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                  Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                  UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                  Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                  What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                  What are their acceptance levels in general

                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                  What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                  How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                  7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                  38

                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                  10

                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                  11

                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                  How should UK universities address them

                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                  could be competitive

                                  13

                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                  14

                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                  15

                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                  What are quality levels of private education

                                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                  39

                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                  16

                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                  40

                                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                                    • 12 Objective
                                    • 13 Methodology
                                    • 14 Scope
                                    • 15 Limitations
                                      • 20 Industry Overview
                                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                          • 211 Market segments
                                          • 212 Player groups
                                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                          • Bibliography
                                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                    audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

                                    national level household consumer panel since 2005

                                    223 The Nielsen Company

                                    The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

                                    research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

                                    analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

                                    their markets

                                    Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

                                    behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

                                    applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

                                    conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

                                    their market context

                                    BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

                                    forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

                                    business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

                                    commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

                                    adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

                                    8

                                    30 Company Overview

                                    The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                                    the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                                    complement the story

                                    31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                    The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                                    and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                                    lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                                    diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                                    processing amp analysis and event management services

                                    Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                                    Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                                    studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                                    under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                                    experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                                    commitment

                                    Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                                    including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                                    experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                                    a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                                    resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                                    accuracy in collecting relevant information

                                    In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                                    research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                                    remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                                    close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                                    further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                                    objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                                    workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                                    independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                                    alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                                    experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                                    9

                                    uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                                    and reliability

                                    The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                                    Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                                    All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                                    Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                                    organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                                    quality

                                    The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                                    management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                                    Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                                    professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                                    Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                                    conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                                    32 Organization Chart

                                    The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                                    centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                                    10

                                    33 Services Offered

                                    The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                    Social amp Environmental Research

                                    Business Communication Service

                                    Automotive Research

                                    Agricultural Research

                                    Business to Business Research

                                    HR Management Service

                                    Media Research

                                    Mystery Shopping

                                    Qualitative Research

                                    Quantitative Research

                                    Retail Study

                                    Healthcare Research

                                    Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                    11

                                    Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                    34 Qualitative Research

                                    SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                    business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                    to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                    diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                    The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                    operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                    motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                    the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                    well

                                    The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                    products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                    considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                    Usage and attitude studies

                                    Brand equity studies

                                    Segmentation studies

                                    Positioning research

                                    Communication development and evaluation

                                    Packaging evaluation studies

                                    New product development studies

                                    The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                    housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                    including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                    The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                    bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                    creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                    Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                    35 Quantitative Research

                                    The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                    in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                    products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                    financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                    12

                                    all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                    providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                    The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                    provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                    efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                    At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                    country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                    procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                    data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                    Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                    to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                    Customer satisfaction

                                    Mystery shopping

                                    Product testing

                                    Retailing sector

                                    Modeling and data mining

                                    Insurance sector

                                    Banking sector

                                    36 Recent Projects

                                    There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                    more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                    Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                    Project Name Client Period of Study

                                    1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                    CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                    June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                    2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                    British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                    June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                    AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                    Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                    April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                    13

                                    USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                    British CouncilDhaka

                                    January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                    HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                    August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                    The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                    May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                    Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                    Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                    January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                    13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                    US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                    October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                    37 Key Clients

                                    SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                    A International Clients

                                    Cisco USA

                                    HSBC Hong Kong

                                    Telenor Norway

                                    Nokia Hong Kong

                                    Microsoft USA

                                    Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                    ARD Inc USA

                                    14

                                    BHP-Engineering Australia

                                    BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                    Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                    International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                    Carana Corporation USA

                                    International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                    SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                    ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                    Dacom Corporation Korea

                                    Korea Telecom Korea

                                    Tata Steel India

                                    Bare Associates International USA

                                    Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                    Tessival SPA Italy

                                    G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                    Singer Worldwide USA

                                    Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                    Carana Corporation USA

                                    TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                    Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                    Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                    Quantum Market Research India

                                    BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                    Pew Research Centre USA

                                    Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                    Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                    Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                    Horizon Research Singapore

                                    Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                    Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                    Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                    Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                    Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                    Syngenta Hong Kong

                                    Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                    Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                    Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                    15

                                    Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                    Quest International UK

                                    Veraz Telecom USA

                                    Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                    Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                    China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                    BlueScope Steel Australia

                                    International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                    WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                    Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                    Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                    Synovate Hong Kong

                                    Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                    AQ Services International Singapore

                                    Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                    Columbia University USA

                                    B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                    The World Bank

                                    United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                    United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                    UNICEF Bangladesh

                                    Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                    International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                    Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                    Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                    Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                    United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                    Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                    Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                    International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                    CARE Bangladesh

                                    SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                    Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                    World Vision of Bangladesh

                                    JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                    OXFAM Bangladesh

                                    Concern Bangladesh

                                    16

                                    German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                    DFID Bangladesh

                                    C Domestic Clients

                                    Unilever Bangladesh

                                    British America Tobacco

                                    Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                    Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                    Olympic Industries

                                    Bengal Group of Industries

                                    A K Khan Group

                                    Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                    Mutual Group

                                    Baraka Group

                                    SQ Group

                                    Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                                    Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                    Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                    Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                    M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                    Givenchy Group

                                    Grameen Bank

                                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                                    Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                    BASIC Bank Ltd

                                    Grameen Uddog

                                    Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                    McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                    Grameen Shamogree

                                    Tripti Industries

                                    Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                    Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                    Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                    Brothers Group

                                    Syngenta

                                    Giant Group

                                    17

                                    Bell Corporation

                                    Anlima Group

                                    Grameen Telecom

                                    Grameen Phone

                                    Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                    Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                    Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                    Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                    Modern Erection Dhaka

                                    BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                    38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                    M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                    Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                    Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                    combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                    CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                    FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                    More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                    Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                    Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                    Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                    presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                    Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                    Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                    National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                    Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                    Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                    Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                    Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                    18

                                    Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                    Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                    national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                    Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                    ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                    Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                    Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                    Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                    19

                                    40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                    While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                    that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                    perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                    model

                                    41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                    The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                    weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                    In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                    credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                    While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                    extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                    most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                    42 Completion of the Assignments

                                    Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                    the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                    research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                    421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                    It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                    (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                    take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                    was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                    (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                    to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                    successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                    to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                    experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                    like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                    Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                    20

                                    422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                    This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                    Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                    effectively

                                    423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                    Wave 9

                                    This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                    training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                    place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                    424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                    It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                    observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                    43 Benefits of the Program

                                    Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                    1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                    to provide critical real world research method information

                                    1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                    having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                    a research job in the near future

                                    1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                    from the research experts and consultants

                                    1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                    from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                    and share ideas

                                    1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                    perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                    21

                                    50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                    This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                    study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                    Methodology can be defined as

                                    the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                    the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                    a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                    Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                    comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                    what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                    methodology and finally the justification for it

                                    51 Background of the study

                                    This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                    some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                    the goal of this study

                                    511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                    The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                    acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                    We need to be able to

                                    1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                    2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                    3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                    512 Research Objectives

                                    To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                    To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                    Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                    In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                    22

                                    1 Top 6 public universities

                                    2 Top 5 private universities

                                    3 Professional associations

                                    4 Government

                                    5 Private sector

                                    Suggested areas of research

                                    Which foreign qualifications are known

                                    Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                    Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                    Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                    Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                    Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                    52 Methodology

                                    After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                    research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                    effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                    studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                    same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                    The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                    it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                    two methodologies

                                    521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                    In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                    statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                    of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                    objectivity

                                    Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                    through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                    and standardised data

                                    Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                    23

                                    1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                    2 Tabulate

                                    3 Summarise data

                                    4 Analyse data

                                    5 Draw conclusions

                                    Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                    explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                    utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                    look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                    tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                    behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                    So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                    educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                    Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                    They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                    Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                    Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                    These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                    arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                    limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                    reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                    collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                    choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                    A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                    situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                    by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                    Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                    According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                    observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                    measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                    their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                    they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                    this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                    quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                    what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                    24

                                    ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                    ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                    of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                    qualitative approach

                                    522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                    Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                    quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                    natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                    than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                    structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                    Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                    comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                    Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                    1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                    2 Record what is said andor done

                                    3 Interpret

                                    4 Return to observeask more questions

                                    5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                    6 Theorising

                                    7 Draw conclusions

                                    Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                    point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                    are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                    approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                    knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                    affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                    understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                    and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                    behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                    behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                    sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                    subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                    understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                    research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                    marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                    25

                                    practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                    of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                    practice to satisfy customer needs

                                    523 Criticism on FGD

                                    By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                    discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                    course of the discussions

                                    Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                    (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                    seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                    decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                    they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                    community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                    Gibbs 1997)

                                    A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                    This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                    ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                    social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                    for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                    sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                    to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                    emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                    wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                    recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                    the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                    also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                    discussion evolves

                                    The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                    In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                    time and budget constraints

                                    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                    26

                                    Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                    supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                    study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                    constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                    Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                    even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                    dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                    assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                    4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                    that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                    descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                    methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                    keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                    the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                    The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                    approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                    methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                    achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                    final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                    qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                    117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                    maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                    credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                    difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                    27

                                    60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                    It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                    research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                    very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                    is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                    the result which is the goal of all research works

                                    So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                    understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                    without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                    tough to express in an internship report

                                    So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                    SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                    internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                    experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                    An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                    organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                    Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                    minimized with a training program

                                    A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                    recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                    helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                    should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                    alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                    SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                    human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                    better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                    A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                    becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                    coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                    preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                    28

                                    Bibliography

                                    Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                    Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                    Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                    Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                    Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                    Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                    Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                    Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                    Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                    Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                    Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                    Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                    Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                    Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                    Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                    Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                    29

                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                    4

                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                    Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                    Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                    Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                    MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                    InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                    InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                    Government Multinational Local

                                    Gender Male Female

                                    30

                                    srgbb

                                    1 2 3

                                    654

                                    1 2

                                    Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                    31

                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                    What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                    If yes how do you provide the training

                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                    What are the reasons behind those polices

                                    32

                                    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                    Localo Privateo Public

                                    USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                    What are their variations at your own company

                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                    10

                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                    33

                                    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                    11

                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                    How should UK universities address them

                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                    12

                                    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                    13

                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                    14

                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                    15

                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                    What are relative weights of these constraints

                                    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                    34

                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                    16

                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                    35

                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                    4

                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                    Type of University Public Private

                                    Gender Male Female

                                    36

                                    2

                                    srgbbb

                                    1 2

                                    1

                                    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                    37

                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                    What are their acceptance levels in general

                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                    38

                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                    10

                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                    11

                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                    How should UK universities address them

                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                    could be competitive

                                    13

                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                    14

                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                    15

                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                    What are quality levels of private education

                                    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                    39

                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                    16

                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                    40

                                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                                      • 12 Objective
                                      • 13 Methodology
                                      • 14 Scope
                                      • 15 Limitations
                                        • 20 Industry Overview
                                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                            • 211 Market segments
                                            • 212 Player groups
                                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                            • Bibliography
                                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                      30 Company Overview

                                      The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

                                      the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

                                      complement the story

                                      31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                      The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

                                      and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

                                      lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

                                      diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

                                      processing amp analysis and event management services

                                      Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

                                      Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

                                      studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

                                      under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

                                      experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

                                      commitment

                                      Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

                                      including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

                                      experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

                                      a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

                                      resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

                                      accuracy in collecting relevant information

                                      In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

                                      research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

                                      remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

                                      close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

                                      further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

                                      objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

                                      workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

                                      independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

                                      alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

                                      experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

                                      9

                                      uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                                      and reliability

                                      The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                                      Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                                      All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                                      Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                                      organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                                      quality

                                      The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                                      management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                                      Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                                      professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                                      Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                                      conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                                      32 Organization Chart

                                      The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                                      centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                                      10

                                      33 Services Offered

                                      The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                      Social amp Environmental Research

                                      Business Communication Service

                                      Automotive Research

                                      Agricultural Research

                                      Business to Business Research

                                      HR Management Service

                                      Media Research

                                      Mystery Shopping

                                      Qualitative Research

                                      Quantitative Research

                                      Retail Study

                                      Healthcare Research

                                      Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                      11

                                      Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                      34 Qualitative Research

                                      SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                      business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                      to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                      diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                      The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                      operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                      motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                      the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                      well

                                      The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                      products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                      considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                      Usage and attitude studies

                                      Brand equity studies

                                      Segmentation studies

                                      Positioning research

                                      Communication development and evaluation

                                      Packaging evaluation studies

                                      New product development studies

                                      The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                      housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                      including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                      The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                      bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                      creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                      Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                      35 Quantitative Research

                                      The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                      in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                      products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                      financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                      12

                                      all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                      providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                      The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                      provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                      efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                      At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                      country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                      procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                      data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                      Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                      to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                      Customer satisfaction

                                      Mystery shopping

                                      Product testing

                                      Retailing sector

                                      Modeling and data mining

                                      Insurance sector

                                      Banking sector

                                      36 Recent Projects

                                      There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                      more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                      Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                      Project Name Client Period of Study

                                      1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                      CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                      June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                      2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                      British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                      June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                      AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                      Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                      April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                      13

                                      USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                      British CouncilDhaka

                                      January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                      HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                      August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                      The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                      May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                      Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                      Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                      January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                      13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                      US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                      October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                      37 Key Clients

                                      SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                      A International Clients

                                      Cisco USA

                                      HSBC Hong Kong

                                      Telenor Norway

                                      Nokia Hong Kong

                                      Microsoft USA

                                      Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                      ARD Inc USA

                                      14

                                      BHP-Engineering Australia

                                      BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                      Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                      International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                      Carana Corporation USA

                                      International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                      SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                      ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                      Dacom Corporation Korea

                                      Korea Telecom Korea

                                      Tata Steel India

                                      Bare Associates International USA

                                      Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                      Tessival SPA Italy

                                      G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                      Singer Worldwide USA

                                      Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                      Carana Corporation USA

                                      TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                      Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                      Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                      Quantum Market Research India

                                      BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                      Pew Research Centre USA

                                      Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                      Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                      Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                      Horizon Research Singapore

                                      Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                      Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                      Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                      Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                      Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                      Syngenta Hong Kong

                                      Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                      Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                      Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                      15

                                      Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                      Quest International UK

                                      Veraz Telecom USA

                                      Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                      Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                      China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                      BlueScope Steel Australia

                                      International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                      WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                      Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                      Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                      Synovate Hong Kong

                                      Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                      AQ Services International Singapore

                                      Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                      Columbia University USA

                                      B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                      The World Bank

                                      United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                      United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                      UNICEF Bangladesh

                                      Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                      International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                      Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                      Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                      Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                      United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                      Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                      Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                      International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                      CARE Bangladesh

                                      SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                      Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                      World Vision of Bangladesh

                                      JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                      OXFAM Bangladesh

                                      Concern Bangladesh

                                      16

                                      German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                      DFID Bangladesh

                                      C Domestic Clients

                                      Unilever Bangladesh

                                      British America Tobacco

                                      Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                      Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                      Olympic Industries

                                      Bengal Group of Industries

                                      A K Khan Group

                                      Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                      Mutual Group

                                      Baraka Group

                                      SQ Group

                                      Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                                      Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                      Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                      Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                      M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                      Givenchy Group

                                      Grameen Bank

                                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                                      Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                      BASIC Bank Ltd

                                      Grameen Uddog

                                      Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                      McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                      Grameen Shamogree

                                      Tripti Industries

                                      Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                      Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                      Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                      Brothers Group

                                      Syngenta

                                      Giant Group

                                      17

                                      Bell Corporation

                                      Anlima Group

                                      Grameen Telecom

                                      Grameen Phone

                                      Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                      Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                      Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                      Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                      Modern Erection Dhaka

                                      BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                      38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                      M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                      Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                      Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                      combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                      CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                      FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                      More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                      Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                      Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                      Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                      presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                      Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                      Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                      National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                      Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                      Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                      Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                      Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                      18

                                      Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                      Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                      national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                      Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                      ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                      Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                      Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                      Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                      19

                                      40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                      While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                      that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                      perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                      model

                                      41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                      The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                      weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                      In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                      credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                      While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                      extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                      most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                      42 Completion of the Assignments

                                      Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                      the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                      research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                      421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                      It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                      (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                      take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                      was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                      (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                      to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                      successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                      to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                      experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                      like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                      Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                      20

                                      422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                      This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                      Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                      effectively

                                      423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                      Wave 9

                                      This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                      training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                      place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                      424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                      It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                      observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                      43 Benefits of the Program

                                      Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                      1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                      to provide critical real world research method information

                                      1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                      having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                      a research job in the near future

                                      1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                      from the research experts and consultants

                                      1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                      from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                      and share ideas

                                      1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                      perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                      21

                                      50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                      This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                      study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                      Methodology can be defined as

                                      the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                      the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                      a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                      Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                      comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                      what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                      methodology and finally the justification for it

                                      51 Background of the study

                                      This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                      some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                      the goal of this study

                                      511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                      The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                      acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                      We need to be able to

                                      1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                      2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                      3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                      512 Research Objectives

                                      To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                      To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                      Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                      In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                      22

                                      1 Top 6 public universities

                                      2 Top 5 private universities

                                      3 Professional associations

                                      4 Government

                                      5 Private sector

                                      Suggested areas of research

                                      Which foreign qualifications are known

                                      Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                      Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                      Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                      Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                      Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                      52 Methodology

                                      After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                      research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                      effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                      studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                      same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                      The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                      it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                      two methodologies

                                      521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                      In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                      statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                      of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                      objectivity

                                      Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                      through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                      and standardised data

                                      Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                      23

                                      1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                      2 Tabulate

                                      3 Summarise data

                                      4 Analyse data

                                      5 Draw conclusions

                                      Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                      explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                      utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                      look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                      tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                      behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                      So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                      educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                      Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                      They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                      Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                      Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                      These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                      arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                      limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                      reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                      collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                      choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                      A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                      situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                      by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                      Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                      According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                      observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                      measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                      their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                      they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                      this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                      quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                      what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                      24

                                      ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                      ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                      of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                      qualitative approach

                                      522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                      Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                      quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                      natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                      than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                      structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                      Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                      comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                      Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                      1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                      2 Record what is said andor done

                                      3 Interpret

                                      4 Return to observeask more questions

                                      5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                      6 Theorising

                                      7 Draw conclusions

                                      Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                      point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                      are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                      approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                      knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                      affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                      understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                      and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                      behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                      behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                      sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                      subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                      understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                      research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                      marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                      25

                                      practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                      of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                      practice to satisfy customer needs

                                      523 Criticism on FGD

                                      By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                      discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                      course of the discussions

                                      Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                      (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                      seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                      decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                      they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                      community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                      Gibbs 1997)

                                      A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                      This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                      ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                      social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                      for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                      sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                      to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                      emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                      wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                      recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                      the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                      also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                      discussion evolves

                                      The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                      In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                      time and budget constraints

                                      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                      26

                                      Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                      supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                      study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                      constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                      Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                      even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                      dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                      assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                      4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                      that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                      descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                      methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                      keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                      the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                      The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                      approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                      methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                      achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                      final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                      qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                      117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                      maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                      credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                      difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                      27

                                      60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                      It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                      research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                      very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                      is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                      the result which is the goal of all research works

                                      So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                      understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                      without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                      tough to express in an internship report

                                      So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                      SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                      internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                      experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                      An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                      organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                      Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                      minimized with a training program

                                      A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                      recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                      helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                      should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                      alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                      SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                      human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                      better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                      A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                      becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                      coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                      preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                      28

                                      Bibliography

                                      Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                      Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                      Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                      Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                      Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                      Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                      Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                      Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                      Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                      Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                      Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                      Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                      Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                      Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                      Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                      Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                      29

                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                      4

                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                      Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                      Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                      Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                      MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                      InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                      InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                      Government Multinational Local

                                      Gender Male Female

                                      30

                                      srgbb

                                      1 2 3

                                      654

                                      1 2

                                      Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                      31

                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                      Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                      UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                      What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                      What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                      Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                      Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                      If yes how do you provide the training

                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                      What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                      What are the reasons behind those polices

                                      32

                                      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                      Localo Privateo Public

                                      USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                      What are their variations at your own company

                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                      10

                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                      33

                                      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                      11

                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                      How should UK universities address them

                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                      12

                                      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                      13

                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                      14

                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                      15

                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                      What are relative weights of these constraints

                                      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                      34

                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                      16

                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                      35

                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                      4

                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                      Type of University Public Private

                                      Gender Male Female

                                      36

                                      2

                                      srgbbb

                                      1 2

                                      1

                                      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                      37

                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                      What are their acceptance levels in general

                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                      38

                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                      10

                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                      11

                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                      How should UK universities address them

                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                      could be competitive

                                      13

                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                      14

                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                      15

                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                      What are quality levels of private education

                                      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                      39

                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                      16

                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                      40

                                      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                      • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                        • 11 Origin of the Report
                                        • 12 Objective
                                        • 13 Methodology
                                        • 14 Scope
                                        • 15 Limitations
                                          • 20 Industry Overview
                                            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                              • 211 Market segments
                                              • 212 Player groups
                                                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                      • 30 Company Overview
                                                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                        • 32 Organization Chart
                                                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                        • 36 Recent Projects
                                                        • 37 Key Clients
                                                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                        • 52 Methodology
                                                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                              • Bibliography
                                                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                        uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

                                        and reliability

                                        The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

                                        Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

                                        All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

                                        Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

                                        organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

                                        quality

                                        The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

                                        management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

                                        Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

                                        professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

                                        Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

                                        conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

                                        32 Organization Chart

                                        The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

                                        centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

                                        10

                                        33 Services Offered

                                        The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                        Social amp Environmental Research

                                        Business Communication Service

                                        Automotive Research

                                        Agricultural Research

                                        Business to Business Research

                                        HR Management Service

                                        Media Research

                                        Mystery Shopping

                                        Qualitative Research

                                        Quantitative Research

                                        Retail Study

                                        Healthcare Research

                                        Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                        11

                                        Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                        34 Qualitative Research

                                        SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                        business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                        to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                        diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                        The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                        operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                        motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                        the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                        well

                                        The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                        products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                        considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                        Usage and attitude studies

                                        Brand equity studies

                                        Segmentation studies

                                        Positioning research

                                        Communication development and evaluation

                                        Packaging evaluation studies

                                        New product development studies

                                        The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                        housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                        including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                        The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                        bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                        creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                        Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                        35 Quantitative Research

                                        The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                        in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                        products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                        financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                        12

                                        all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                        providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                        The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                        provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                        efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                        At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                        country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                        procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                        data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                        Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                        to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                        Customer satisfaction

                                        Mystery shopping

                                        Product testing

                                        Retailing sector

                                        Modeling and data mining

                                        Insurance sector

                                        Banking sector

                                        36 Recent Projects

                                        There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                        more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                        Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                        Project Name Client Period of Study

                                        1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                        CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                        June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                        2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                        British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                        June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                        AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                        Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                        April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                        13

                                        USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                        British CouncilDhaka

                                        January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                        HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                        August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                        The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                        May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                        Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                        Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                        January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                        13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                        US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                        October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                        37 Key Clients

                                        SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                        A International Clients

                                        Cisco USA

                                        HSBC Hong Kong

                                        Telenor Norway

                                        Nokia Hong Kong

                                        Microsoft USA

                                        Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                        ARD Inc USA

                                        14

                                        BHP-Engineering Australia

                                        BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                        Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                        International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                        Carana Corporation USA

                                        International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                        SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                        ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                        Dacom Corporation Korea

                                        Korea Telecom Korea

                                        Tata Steel India

                                        Bare Associates International USA

                                        Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                        Tessival SPA Italy

                                        G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                        Singer Worldwide USA

                                        Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                        Carana Corporation USA

                                        TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                        Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                        Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                        Quantum Market Research India

                                        BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                        Pew Research Centre USA

                                        Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                        Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                        Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                        Horizon Research Singapore

                                        Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                        Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                        Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                        Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                        Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                        Syngenta Hong Kong

                                        Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                        Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                        Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                        15

                                        Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                        Quest International UK

                                        Veraz Telecom USA

                                        Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                        Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                        China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                        BlueScope Steel Australia

                                        International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                        WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                        Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                        Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                        Synovate Hong Kong

                                        Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                        AQ Services International Singapore

                                        Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                        Columbia University USA

                                        B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                        The World Bank

                                        United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                        United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                        UNICEF Bangladesh

                                        Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                        International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                        Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                        Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                        Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                        United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                        Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                        Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                        International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                        CARE Bangladesh

                                        SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                        Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                        World Vision of Bangladesh

                                        JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                        OXFAM Bangladesh

                                        Concern Bangladesh

                                        16

                                        German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                        DFID Bangladesh

                                        C Domestic Clients

                                        Unilever Bangladesh

                                        British America Tobacco

                                        Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                        Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                        Olympic Industries

                                        Bengal Group of Industries

                                        A K Khan Group

                                        Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                        Mutual Group

                                        Baraka Group

                                        SQ Group

                                        Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                        Alfa Tobacco Group

                                        Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                        Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                        Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                        M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                        Givenchy Group

                                        Grameen Bank

                                        Alfa Tobacco Group

                                        Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                        BASIC Bank Ltd

                                        Grameen Uddog

                                        Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                        McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                        Grameen Shamogree

                                        Tripti Industries

                                        Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                        Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                        Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                        Brothers Group

                                        Syngenta

                                        Giant Group

                                        17

                                        Bell Corporation

                                        Anlima Group

                                        Grameen Telecom

                                        Grameen Phone

                                        Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                        Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                        Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                        Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                        Modern Erection Dhaka

                                        BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                        38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                        M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                        Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                        Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                        combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                        CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                        FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                        More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                        Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                        Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                        Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                        presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                        Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                        Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                        National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                        Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                        Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                        Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                        Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                        18

                                        Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                        Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                        national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                        Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                        ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                        Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                        Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                        Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                        19

                                        40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                        While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                        that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                        perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                        model

                                        41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                        The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                        weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                        In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                        credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                        While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                        extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                        most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                        42 Completion of the Assignments

                                        Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                        the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                        research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                        421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                        It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                        (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                        take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                        was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                        (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                        to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                        successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                        to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                        experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                        like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                        Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                        20

                                        422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                        This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                        Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                        effectively

                                        423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                        Wave 9

                                        This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                        training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                        place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                        424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                        It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                        observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                        43 Benefits of the Program

                                        Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                        1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                        to provide critical real world research method information

                                        1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                        having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                        a research job in the near future

                                        1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                        from the research experts and consultants

                                        1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                        from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                        and share ideas

                                        1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                        perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                        21

                                        50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                        This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                        study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                        Methodology can be defined as

                                        the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                        the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                        a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                        Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                        comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                        what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                        methodology and finally the justification for it

                                        51 Background of the study

                                        This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                        some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                        the goal of this study

                                        511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                        The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                        acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                        We need to be able to

                                        1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                        2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                        3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                        512 Research Objectives

                                        To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                        To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                        Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                        In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                        22

                                        1 Top 6 public universities

                                        2 Top 5 private universities

                                        3 Professional associations

                                        4 Government

                                        5 Private sector

                                        Suggested areas of research

                                        Which foreign qualifications are known

                                        Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                        Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                        Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                        Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                        Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                        52 Methodology

                                        After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                        research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                        effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                        studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                        same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                        The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                        it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                        two methodologies

                                        521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                        In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                        statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                        of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                        objectivity

                                        Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                        through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                        and standardised data

                                        Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                        23

                                        1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                        2 Tabulate

                                        3 Summarise data

                                        4 Analyse data

                                        5 Draw conclusions

                                        Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                        explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                        utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                        look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                        tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                        behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                        So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                        educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                        Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                        They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                        Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                        Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                        These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                        arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                        limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                        reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                        collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                        choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                        A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                        situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                        by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                        Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                        According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                        observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                        measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                        their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                        they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                        this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                        quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                        what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                        24

                                        ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                        ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                        of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                        qualitative approach

                                        522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                        Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                        quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                        natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                        than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                        structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                        Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                        comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                        Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                        1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                        2 Record what is said andor done

                                        3 Interpret

                                        4 Return to observeask more questions

                                        5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                        6 Theorising

                                        7 Draw conclusions

                                        Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                        point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                        are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                        approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                        knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                        affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                        understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                        and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                        behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                        behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                        sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                        subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                        understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                        research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                        marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                        25

                                        practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                        of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                        practice to satisfy customer needs

                                        523 Criticism on FGD

                                        By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                        discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                        course of the discussions

                                        Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                        (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                        seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                        decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                        they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                        community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                        Gibbs 1997)

                                        A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                        This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                        ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                        social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                        for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                        sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                        to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                        emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                        wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                        recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                        the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                        also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                        discussion evolves

                                        The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                        In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                        time and budget constraints

                                        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                        26

                                        Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                        supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                        study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                        constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                        Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                        even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                        dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                        assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                        4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                        that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                        descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                        methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                        keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                        the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                        The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                        approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                        methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                        achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                        final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                        qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                        117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                        maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                        credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                        difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                        27

                                        60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                        It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                        research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                        very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                        is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                        the result which is the goal of all research works

                                        So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                        understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                        without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                        tough to express in an internship report

                                        So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                        SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                        internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                        experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                        An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                        organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                        Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                        minimized with a training program

                                        A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                        recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                        helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                        should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                        alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                        SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                        human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                        better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                        A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                        becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                        coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                        preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                        28

                                        Bibliography

                                        Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                        Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                        Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                        Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                        Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                        Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                        Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                        Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                        Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                        Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                        Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                        Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                        Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                        Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                        Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                        Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                        29

                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                        4

                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                        Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                        Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                        Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                        MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                        InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                        InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                        Government Multinational Local

                                        Gender Male Female

                                        30

                                        srgbb

                                        1 2 3

                                        654

                                        1 2

                                        Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                        31

                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                        Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                        UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                        What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                        What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                        Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                        Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                        If yes how do you provide the training

                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                        What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                        What are the reasons behind those polices

                                        32

                                        What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                        Localo Privateo Public

                                        USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                        What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                        What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                        Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                        Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                        Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                        Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                        What are their variations at your own company

                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                        7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                        10

                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                        33

                                        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                        11

                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                        How should UK universities address them

                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                        12

                                        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                        13

                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                        14

                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                        15

                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                        What are relative weights of these constraints

                                        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                        34

                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                        16

                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                        35

                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                        4

                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                        Type of University Public Private

                                        Gender Male Female

                                        36

                                        2

                                        srgbbb

                                        1 2

                                        1

                                        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                        37

                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                        What are their acceptance levels in general

                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                        38

                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                        10

                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                        11

                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                        How should UK universities address them

                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                        could be competitive

                                        13

                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                        14

                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                        15

                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                        What are quality levels of private education

                                        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                        39

                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                        16

                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                        40

                                        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                        • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                          • 11 Origin of the Report
                                          • 12 Objective
                                          • 13 Methodology
                                          • 14 Scope
                                          • 15 Limitations
                                            • 20 Industry Overview
                                              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                • 211 Market segments
                                                • 212 Player groups
                                                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                        • 30 Company Overview
                                                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                          • 32 Organization Chart
                                                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                          • 36 Recent Projects
                                                          • 37 Key Clients
                                                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                          • 52 Methodology
                                                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                • Bibliography
                                                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                          33 Services Offered

                                          The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

                                          Social amp Environmental Research

                                          Business Communication Service

                                          Automotive Research

                                          Agricultural Research

                                          Business to Business Research

                                          HR Management Service

                                          Media Research

                                          Mystery Shopping

                                          Qualitative Research

                                          Quantitative Research

                                          Retail Study

                                          Healthcare Research

                                          Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

                                          11

                                          Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                          34 Qualitative Research

                                          SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                          business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                          to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                          diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                          The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                          operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                          motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                          the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                          well

                                          The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                          products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                          considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                          Usage and attitude studies

                                          Brand equity studies

                                          Segmentation studies

                                          Positioning research

                                          Communication development and evaluation

                                          Packaging evaluation studies

                                          New product development studies

                                          The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                          housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                          including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                          The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                          bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                          creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                          Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                          35 Quantitative Research

                                          The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                          in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                          products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                          financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                          12

                                          all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                          providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                          The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                          provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                          efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                          At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                          country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                          procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                          data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                          Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                          to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                          Customer satisfaction

                                          Mystery shopping

                                          Product testing

                                          Retailing sector

                                          Modeling and data mining

                                          Insurance sector

                                          Banking sector

                                          36 Recent Projects

                                          There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                          more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                          Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                          Project Name Client Period of Study

                                          1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                          CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                          June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                          2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                          British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                          June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                          AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                          Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                          April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                          13

                                          USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                          British CouncilDhaka

                                          January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                          HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                          August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                          The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                          May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                          Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                          Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                          January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                          13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                          US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                          October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                          37 Key Clients

                                          SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                          A International Clients

                                          Cisco USA

                                          HSBC Hong Kong

                                          Telenor Norway

                                          Nokia Hong Kong

                                          Microsoft USA

                                          Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                          ARD Inc USA

                                          14

                                          BHP-Engineering Australia

                                          BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                          Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                          International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                          Carana Corporation USA

                                          International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                          SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                          ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                          Dacom Corporation Korea

                                          Korea Telecom Korea

                                          Tata Steel India

                                          Bare Associates International USA

                                          Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                          Tessival SPA Italy

                                          G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                          Singer Worldwide USA

                                          Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                          Carana Corporation USA

                                          TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                          Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                          Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                          Quantum Market Research India

                                          BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                          Pew Research Centre USA

                                          Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                          Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                          Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                          Horizon Research Singapore

                                          Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                          Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                          Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                          Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                          Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                          Syngenta Hong Kong

                                          Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                          Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                          Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                          15

                                          Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                          Quest International UK

                                          Veraz Telecom USA

                                          Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                          Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                          China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                          BlueScope Steel Australia

                                          International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                          WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                          Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                          Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                          Synovate Hong Kong

                                          Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                          AQ Services International Singapore

                                          Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                          Columbia University USA

                                          B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                          The World Bank

                                          United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                          United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                          UNICEF Bangladesh

                                          Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                          International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                          Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                          Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                          Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                          United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                          Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                          Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                          International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                          CARE Bangladesh

                                          SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                          Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                          World Vision of Bangladesh

                                          JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                          OXFAM Bangladesh

                                          Concern Bangladesh

                                          16

                                          German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                          DFID Bangladesh

                                          C Domestic Clients

                                          Unilever Bangladesh

                                          British America Tobacco

                                          Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                          Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                          Olympic Industries

                                          Bengal Group of Industries

                                          A K Khan Group

                                          Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                          Mutual Group

                                          Baraka Group

                                          SQ Group

                                          Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                          Alfa Tobacco Group

                                          Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                          Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                          Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                          M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                          Givenchy Group

                                          Grameen Bank

                                          Alfa Tobacco Group

                                          Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                          BASIC Bank Ltd

                                          Grameen Uddog

                                          Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                          McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                          Grameen Shamogree

                                          Tripti Industries

                                          Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                          Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                          Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                          Brothers Group

                                          Syngenta

                                          Giant Group

                                          17

                                          Bell Corporation

                                          Anlima Group

                                          Grameen Telecom

                                          Grameen Phone

                                          Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                          Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                          Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                          Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                          Modern Erection Dhaka

                                          BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                          38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                          M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                          Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                          Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                          combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                          CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                          FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                          More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                          Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                          Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                          Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                          presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                          Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                          Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                          National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                          Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                          Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                          Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                          Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                          18

                                          Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                          Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                          national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                          Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                          ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                          Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                          Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                          Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                          19

                                          40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                          While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                          that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                          perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                          model

                                          41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                          The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                          weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                          In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                          credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                          While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                          extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                          most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                          42 Completion of the Assignments

                                          Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                          the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                          research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                          421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                          It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                          (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                          take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                          was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                          (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                          to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                          successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                          to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                          experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                          like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                          Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                          20

                                          422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                          This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                          Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                          effectively

                                          423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                          Wave 9

                                          This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                          training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                          place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                          424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                          It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                          observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                          43 Benefits of the Program

                                          Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                          1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                          to provide critical real world research method information

                                          1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                          having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                          a research job in the near future

                                          1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                          from the research experts and consultants

                                          1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                          from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                          and share ideas

                                          1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                          perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                          21

                                          50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                          This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                          study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                          Methodology can be defined as

                                          the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                          the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                          a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                          Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                          comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                          what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                          methodology and finally the justification for it

                                          51 Background of the study

                                          This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                          some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                          the goal of this study

                                          511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                          The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                          acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                          We need to be able to

                                          1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                          2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                          3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                          512 Research Objectives

                                          To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                          To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                          Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                          In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                          22

                                          1 Top 6 public universities

                                          2 Top 5 private universities

                                          3 Professional associations

                                          4 Government

                                          5 Private sector

                                          Suggested areas of research

                                          Which foreign qualifications are known

                                          Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                          Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                          Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                          Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                          Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                          52 Methodology

                                          After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                          research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                          effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                          studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                          same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                          The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                          it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                          two methodologies

                                          521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                          In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                          statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                          of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                          objectivity

                                          Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                          through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                          and standardised data

                                          Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                          23

                                          1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                          2 Tabulate

                                          3 Summarise data

                                          4 Analyse data

                                          5 Draw conclusions

                                          Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                          explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                          utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                          look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                          tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                          behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                          So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                          educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                          Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                          They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                          Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                          Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                          These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                          arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                          limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                          reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                          collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                          choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                          A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                          situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                          by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                          Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                          According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                          observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                          measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                          their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                          they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                          this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                          quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                          what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                          24

                                          ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                          ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                          of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                          qualitative approach

                                          522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                          Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                          quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                          natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                          than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                          structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                          Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                          comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                          Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                          1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                          2 Record what is said andor done

                                          3 Interpret

                                          4 Return to observeask more questions

                                          5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                          6 Theorising

                                          7 Draw conclusions

                                          Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                          point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                          are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                          approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                          knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                          affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                          understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                          and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                          behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                          behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                          sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                          subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                          understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                          research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                          marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                          25

                                          practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                          of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                          practice to satisfy customer needs

                                          523 Criticism on FGD

                                          By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                          discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                          course of the discussions

                                          Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                          (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                          seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                          decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                          they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                          community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                          Gibbs 1997)

                                          A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                          This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                          ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                          social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                          for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                          sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                          to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                          emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                          wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                          recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                          the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                          also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                          discussion evolves

                                          The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                          In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                          time and budget constraints

                                          524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                          26

                                          Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                          supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                          study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                          constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                          Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                          even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                          dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                          assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                          4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                          that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                          descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                          methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                          keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                          the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                          The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                          approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                          methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                          achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                          final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                          qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                          117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                          maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                          credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                          difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                          27

                                          60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                          It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                          research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                          very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                          is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                          the result which is the goal of all research works

                                          So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                          understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                          without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                          tough to express in an internship report

                                          So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                          SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                          internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                          experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                          An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                          organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                          Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                          minimized with a training program

                                          A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                          recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                          helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                          should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                          alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                          SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                          human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                          better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                          A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                          becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                          coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                          preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                          28

                                          Bibliography

                                          Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                          Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                          Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                          Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                          Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                          Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                          Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                          Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                          Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                          Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                          Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                          Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                          Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                          Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                          Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                          Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                          29

                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                          4

                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                          Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                          Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                          Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                          MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                          InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                          InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                          Government Multinational Local

                                          Gender Male Female

                                          30

                                          srgbb

                                          1 2 3

                                          654

                                          1 2

                                          Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                          31

                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                          Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                          UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                          What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                          What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                          Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                          Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                          If yes how do you provide the training

                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                          What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                          What are the reasons behind those polices

                                          32

                                          What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                          Localo Privateo Public

                                          USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                          What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                          What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                          Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                          Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                          Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                          Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                          What are their variations at your own company

                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                          7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                          10

                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                          33

                                          brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                          11

                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                          How should UK universities address them

                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                          12

                                          What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                          13

                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                          14

                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                          15

                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                          What are relative weights of these constraints

                                          What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                          34

                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                          16

                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                          35

                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                          4

                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                          Type of University Public Private

                                          Gender Male Female

                                          36

                                          2

                                          srgbbb

                                          1 2

                                          1

                                          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                          37

                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                          What are their acceptance levels in general

                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                          38

                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                          10

                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                          11

                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                          How should UK universities address them

                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                          could be competitive

                                          13

                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                          14

                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                          15

                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                          What are quality levels of private education

                                          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                          39

                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                          16

                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                          40

                                          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                          • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                            • 11 Origin of the Report
                                            • 12 Objective
                                            • 13 Methodology
                                            • 14 Scope
                                            • 15 Limitations
                                              • 20 Industry Overview
                                                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                  • 211 Market segments
                                                  • 212 Player groups
                                                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                          • 30 Company Overview
                                                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                            • 32 Organization Chart
                                                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                            • 36 Recent Projects
                                                            • 37 Key Clients
                                                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                            • 52 Methodology
                                                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                  • Bibliography
                                                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                            Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

                                            34 Qualitative Research

                                            SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

                                            business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

                                            to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

                                            diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

                                            The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

                                            operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

                                            motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

                                            the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

                                            well

                                            The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

                                            products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

                                            considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

                                            Usage and attitude studies

                                            Brand equity studies

                                            Segmentation studies

                                            Positioning research

                                            Communication development and evaluation

                                            Packaging evaluation studies

                                            New product development studies

                                            The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

                                            housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

                                            including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

                                            The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

                                            bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

                                            creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

                                            Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

                                            35 Quantitative Research

                                            The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

                                            in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

                                            products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

                                            financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

                                            12

                                            all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                            providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                            The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                            provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                            efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                            At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                            country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                            procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                            data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                            Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                            to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                            Customer satisfaction

                                            Mystery shopping

                                            Product testing

                                            Retailing sector

                                            Modeling and data mining

                                            Insurance sector

                                            Banking sector

                                            36 Recent Projects

                                            There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                            more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                            Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                            Project Name Client Period of Study

                                            1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                            CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                            June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                            2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                            British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                            June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                            AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                            Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                            April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                            13

                                            USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                            British CouncilDhaka

                                            January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                            HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                            August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                            The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                            May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                            Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                            Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                            January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                            13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                            US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                            October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                            37 Key Clients

                                            SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                            A International Clients

                                            Cisco USA

                                            HSBC Hong Kong

                                            Telenor Norway

                                            Nokia Hong Kong

                                            Microsoft USA

                                            Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                            ARD Inc USA

                                            14

                                            BHP-Engineering Australia

                                            BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                            Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                            International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                            Carana Corporation USA

                                            International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                            SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                            ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                            Dacom Corporation Korea

                                            Korea Telecom Korea

                                            Tata Steel India

                                            Bare Associates International USA

                                            Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                            Tessival SPA Italy

                                            G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                            Singer Worldwide USA

                                            Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                            Carana Corporation USA

                                            TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                            Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                            Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                            Quantum Market Research India

                                            BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                            Pew Research Centre USA

                                            Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                            Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                            Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                            Horizon Research Singapore

                                            Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                            Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                            Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                            Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                            Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                            Syngenta Hong Kong

                                            Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                            Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                            Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                            15

                                            Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                            Quest International UK

                                            Veraz Telecom USA

                                            Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                            Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                            China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                            BlueScope Steel Australia

                                            International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                            WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                            Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                            Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                            Synovate Hong Kong

                                            Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                            AQ Services International Singapore

                                            Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                            Columbia University USA

                                            B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                            The World Bank

                                            United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                            United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                            UNICEF Bangladesh

                                            Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                            International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                            Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                            Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                            Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                            United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                            Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                            Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                            International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                            CARE Bangladesh

                                            SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                            Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                            World Vision of Bangladesh

                                            JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                            OXFAM Bangladesh

                                            Concern Bangladesh

                                            16

                                            German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                            DFID Bangladesh

                                            C Domestic Clients

                                            Unilever Bangladesh

                                            British America Tobacco

                                            Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                            Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                            Olympic Industries

                                            Bengal Group of Industries

                                            A K Khan Group

                                            Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                            Mutual Group

                                            Baraka Group

                                            SQ Group

                                            Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                            Alfa Tobacco Group

                                            Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                            Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                            Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                            M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                            Givenchy Group

                                            Grameen Bank

                                            Alfa Tobacco Group

                                            Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                            BASIC Bank Ltd

                                            Grameen Uddog

                                            Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                            McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                            Grameen Shamogree

                                            Tripti Industries

                                            Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                            Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                            Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                            Brothers Group

                                            Syngenta

                                            Giant Group

                                            17

                                            Bell Corporation

                                            Anlima Group

                                            Grameen Telecom

                                            Grameen Phone

                                            Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                            Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                            Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                            Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                            Modern Erection Dhaka

                                            BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                            38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                            M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                            Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                            Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                            combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                            CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                            FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                            More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                            Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                            Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                            Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                            presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                            Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                            Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                            National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                            Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                            Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                            Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                            Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                            18

                                            Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                            Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                            national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                            Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                            ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                            Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                            Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                            Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                            19

                                            40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                            While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                            that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                            perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                            model

                                            41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                            The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                            weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                            In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                            credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                            While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                            extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                            most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                            42 Completion of the Assignments

                                            Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                            the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                            research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                            421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                            It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                            (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                            take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                            was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                            (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                            to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                            successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                            to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                            experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                            like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                            Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                            20

                                            422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                            This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                            Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                            effectively

                                            423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                            Wave 9

                                            This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                            training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                            place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                            424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                            It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                            observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                            43 Benefits of the Program

                                            Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                            1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                            to provide critical real world research method information

                                            1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                            having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                            a research job in the near future

                                            1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                            from the research experts and consultants

                                            1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                            from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                            and share ideas

                                            1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                            perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                            21

                                            50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                            This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                            study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                            Methodology can be defined as

                                            the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                            the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                            a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                            Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                            comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                            what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                            methodology and finally the justification for it

                                            51 Background of the study

                                            This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                            some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                            the goal of this study

                                            511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                            The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                            acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                            We need to be able to

                                            1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                            2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                            3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                            512 Research Objectives

                                            To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                            To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                            Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                            In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                            22

                                            1 Top 6 public universities

                                            2 Top 5 private universities

                                            3 Professional associations

                                            4 Government

                                            5 Private sector

                                            Suggested areas of research

                                            Which foreign qualifications are known

                                            Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                            Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                            Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                            Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                            Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                            52 Methodology

                                            After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                            research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                            effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                            studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                            same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                            The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                            it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                            two methodologies

                                            521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                            In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                            statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                            of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                            objectivity

                                            Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                            through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                            and standardised data

                                            Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                            23

                                            1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                            2 Tabulate

                                            3 Summarise data

                                            4 Analyse data

                                            5 Draw conclusions

                                            Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                            explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                            utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                            look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                            tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                            behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                            So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                            educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                            Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                            They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                            Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                            Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                            These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                            arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                            limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                            reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                            collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                            choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                            A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                            situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                            by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                            Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                            According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                            observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                            measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                            their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                            they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                            this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                            quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                            what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                            24

                                            ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                            ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                            of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                            qualitative approach

                                            522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                            Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                            quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                            natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                            than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                            structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                            Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                            comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                            Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                            1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                            2 Record what is said andor done

                                            3 Interpret

                                            4 Return to observeask more questions

                                            5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                            6 Theorising

                                            7 Draw conclusions

                                            Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                            point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                            are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                            approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                            knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                            affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                            understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                            and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                            behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                            behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                            sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                            subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                            understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                            research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                            marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                            25

                                            practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                            of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                            practice to satisfy customer needs

                                            523 Criticism on FGD

                                            By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                            discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                            course of the discussions

                                            Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                            (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                            seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                            decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                            they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                            community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                            Gibbs 1997)

                                            A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                            This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                            ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                            social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                            for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                            sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                            to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                            emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                            wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                            recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                            the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                            also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                            discussion evolves

                                            The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                            In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                            time and budget constraints

                                            524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                            26

                                            Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                            supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                            study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                            constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                            Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                            even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                            dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                            assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                            4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                            that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                            descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                            methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                            keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                            the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                            The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                            approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                            methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                            achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                            final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                            qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                            117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                            maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                            credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                            difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                            27

                                            60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                            It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                            research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                            very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                            is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                            the result which is the goal of all research works

                                            So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                            understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                            without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                            tough to express in an internship report

                                            So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                            SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                            internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                            experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                            An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                            organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                            Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                            minimized with a training program

                                            A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                            recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                            helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                            should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                            alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                            SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                            human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                            better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                            A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                            becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                            coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                            preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                            28

                                            Bibliography

                                            Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                            Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                            Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                            Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                            Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                            Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                            Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                            Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                            Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                            Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                            Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                            Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                            Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                            Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                            Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                            Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                            29

                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                            4

                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                            Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                            Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                            Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                            MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                            InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                            InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                            Government Multinational Local

                                            Gender Male Female

                                            30

                                            srgbb

                                            1 2 3

                                            654

                                            1 2

                                            Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                            31

                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                            Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                            UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                            What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                            What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                            Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                            Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                            If yes how do you provide the training

                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                            What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                            What are the reasons behind those polices

                                            32

                                            What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                            Localo Privateo Public

                                            USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                            What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                            What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                            Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                            Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                            Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                            Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                            What are their variations at your own company

                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                            7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                            10

                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                            33

                                            brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                            11

                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                            How should UK universities address them

                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                            12

                                            What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                            13

                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                            14

                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                            15

                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                            What are relative weights of these constraints

                                            What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                            34

                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                            16

                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                            35

                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                            4

                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                            Type of University Public Private

                                            Gender Male Female

                                            36

                                            2

                                            srgbbb

                                            1 2

                                            1

                                            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                            37

                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                            What are their acceptance levels in general

                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                            38

                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                            10

                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                            11

                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                            How should UK universities address them

                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                            could be competitive

                                            13

                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                            14

                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                            15

                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                            What are quality levels of private education

                                            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                            39

                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                            16

                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                            40

                                            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                            • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                              • 11 Origin of the Report
                                              • 12 Objective
                                              • 13 Methodology
                                              • 14 Scope
                                              • 15 Limitations
                                                • 20 Industry Overview
                                                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                    • 211 Market segments
                                                    • 212 Player groups
                                                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                            • 30 Company Overview
                                                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                              • 32 Organization Chart
                                                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                              • 36 Recent Projects
                                                              • 37 Key Clients
                                                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                    • Bibliography
                                                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                              all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

                                              providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

                                              The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

                                              provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

                                              efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

                                              At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

                                              country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

                                              procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

                                              data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

                                              Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

                                              to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

                                              Customer satisfaction

                                              Mystery shopping

                                              Product testing

                                              Retailing sector

                                              Modeling and data mining

                                              Insurance sector

                                              Banking sector

                                              36 Recent Projects

                                              There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

                                              more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

                                              Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

                                              Project Name Client Period of Study

                                              1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

                                              CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

                                              June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

                                              2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

                                              British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

                                              June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

                                              AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

                                              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

                                              Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

                                              April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

                                              13

                                              USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                              British CouncilDhaka

                                              January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                              HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                              August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                              The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                              May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                              Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                              Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                              January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                              13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                              US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                              October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                              37 Key Clients

                                              SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                              A International Clients

                                              Cisco USA

                                              HSBC Hong Kong

                                              Telenor Norway

                                              Nokia Hong Kong

                                              Microsoft USA

                                              Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                              ARD Inc USA

                                              14

                                              BHP-Engineering Australia

                                              BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                              Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                              International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                              Carana Corporation USA

                                              International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                              SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                              ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                              Dacom Corporation Korea

                                              Korea Telecom Korea

                                              Tata Steel India

                                              Bare Associates International USA

                                              Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                              Tessival SPA Italy

                                              G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                              Singer Worldwide USA

                                              Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                              Carana Corporation USA

                                              TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                              Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                              Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                              Quantum Market Research India

                                              BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                              Pew Research Centre USA

                                              Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                              Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                              Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                              Horizon Research Singapore

                                              Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                              Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                              Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                              Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                              Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                              Syngenta Hong Kong

                                              Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                              Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                              Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                              15

                                              Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                              Quest International UK

                                              Veraz Telecom USA

                                              Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                              Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                              China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                              BlueScope Steel Australia

                                              International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                              WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                              Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                              Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                              Synovate Hong Kong

                                              Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                              AQ Services International Singapore

                                              Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                              Columbia University USA

                                              B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                              The World Bank

                                              United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                              United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                              UNICEF Bangladesh

                                              Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                              International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                              Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                              Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                              Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                              United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                              Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                              Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                              International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                              CARE Bangladesh

                                              SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                              Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                              World Vision of Bangladesh

                                              JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                              OXFAM Bangladesh

                                              Concern Bangladesh

                                              16

                                              German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                              DFID Bangladesh

                                              C Domestic Clients

                                              Unilever Bangladesh

                                              British America Tobacco

                                              Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                              Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                              Olympic Industries

                                              Bengal Group of Industries

                                              A K Khan Group

                                              Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                              Mutual Group

                                              Baraka Group

                                              SQ Group

                                              Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                              Alfa Tobacco Group

                                              Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                              Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                              Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                              M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                              Givenchy Group

                                              Grameen Bank

                                              Alfa Tobacco Group

                                              Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                              BASIC Bank Ltd

                                              Grameen Uddog

                                              Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                              McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                              Grameen Shamogree

                                              Tripti Industries

                                              Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                              Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                              Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                              Brothers Group

                                              Syngenta

                                              Giant Group

                                              17

                                              Bell Corporation

                                              Anlima Group

                                              Grameen Telecom

                                              Grameen Phone

                                              Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                              Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                              Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                              Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                              Modern Erection Dhaka

                                              BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                              38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                              M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                              Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                              Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                              combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                              CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                              FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                              More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                              Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                              Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                              Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                              presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                              Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                              Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                              National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                              Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                              Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                              Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                              Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                              18

                                              Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                              Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                              national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                              Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                              ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                              Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                              Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                              Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                              19

                                              40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                              While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                              that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                              perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                              model

                                              41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                              The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                              weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                              In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                              credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                              While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                              extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                              most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                              42 Completion of the Assignments

                                              Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                              the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                              research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                              421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                              It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                              (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                              take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                              was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                              (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                              to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                              successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                              to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                              experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                              like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                              Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                              20

                                              422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                              This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                              Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                              effectively

                                              423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                              Wave 9

                                              This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                              training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                              place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                              424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                              It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                              observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                              43 Benefits of the Program

                                              Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                              1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                              to provide critical real world research method information

                                              1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                              having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                              a research job in the near future

                                              1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                              from the research experts and consultants

                                              1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                              from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                              and share ideas

                                              1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                              perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                              21

                                              50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                              This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                              study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                              Methodology can be defined as

                                              the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                              the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                              a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                              Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                              comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                              what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                              methodology and finally the justification for it

                                              51 Background of the study

                                              This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                              some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                              the goal of this study

                                              511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                              The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                              acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                              We need to be able to

                                              1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                              2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                              3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                              512 Research Objectives

                                              To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                              To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                              Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                              In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                              22

                                              1 Top 6 public universities

                                              2 Top 5 private universities

                                              3 Professional associations

                                              4 Government

                                              5 Private sector

                                              Suggested areas of research

                                              Which foreign qualifications are known

                                              Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                              Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                              Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                              Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                              Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                              52 Methodology

                                              After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                              research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                              effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                              studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                              same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                              The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                              it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                              two methodologies

                                              521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                              In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                              statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                              of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                              objectivity

                                              Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                              through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                              and standardised data

                                              Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                              23

                                              1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                              2 Tabulate

                                              3 Summarise data

                                              4 Analyse data

                                              5 Draw conclusions

                                              Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                              explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                              utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                              look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                              tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                              behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                              So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                              educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                              Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                              They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                              Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                              Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                              These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                              arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                              limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                              reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                              collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                              choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                              A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                              situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                              by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                              Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                              According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                              observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                              measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                              their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                              they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                              this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                              quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                              what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                              24

                                              ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                              ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                              of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                              qualitative approach

                                              522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                              Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                              quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                              natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                              than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                              structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                              Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                              comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                              Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                              1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                              2 Record what is said andor done

                                              3 Interpret

                                              4 Return to observeask more questions

                                              5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                              6 Theorising

                                              7 Draw conclusions

                                              Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                              point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                              are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                              approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                              knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                              affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                              understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                              and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                              behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                              behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                              sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                              subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                              understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                              research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                              marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                              25

                                              practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                              of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                              practice to satisfy customer needs

                                              523 Criticism on FGD

                                              By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                              discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                              course of the discussions

                                              Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                              (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                              seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                              decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                              they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                              community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                              Gibbs 1997)

                                              A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                              This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                              ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                              social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                              for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                              sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                              to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                              emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                              wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                              recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                              the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                              also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                              discussion evolves

                                              The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                              In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                              time and budget constraints

                                              524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                              26

                                              Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                              supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                              study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                              constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                              Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                              even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                              dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                              assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                              4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                              that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                              descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                              methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                              keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                              the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                              The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                              approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                              methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                              achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                              final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                              qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                              117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                              maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                              credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                              difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                              27

                                              60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                              It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                              research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                              very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                              is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                              the result which is the goal of all research works

                                              So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                              understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                              without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                              tough to express in an internship report

                                              So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                              SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                              internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                              experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                              An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                              organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                              Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                              minimized with a training program

                                              A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                              recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                              helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                              should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                              alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                              SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                              human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                              better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                              A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                              becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                              coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                              preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                              28

                                              Bibliography

                                              Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                              Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                              Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                              Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                              Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                              Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                              Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                              Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                              Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                              Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                              Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                              Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                              Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                              Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                              Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                              Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                              29

                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                              4

                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                              Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                              Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                              Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                              MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                              InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                              InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                              Government Multinational Local

                                              Gender Male Female

                                              30

                                              srgbb

                                              1 2 3

                                              654

                                              1 2

                                              Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                              31

                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                              Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                              UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                              What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                              What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                              Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                              Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                              If yes how do you provide the training

                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                              What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                              What are the reasons behind those polices

                                              32

                                              What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                              Localo Privateo Public

                                              USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                              What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                              What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                              Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                              Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                              Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                              Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                              What are their variations at your own company

                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                              7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                              10

                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                              33

                                              brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                              11

                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                              How should UK universities address them

                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                              12

                                              What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                              13

                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                              14

                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                              15

                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                              What are relative weights of these constraints

                                              What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                              34

                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                              16

                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                              35

                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                              4

                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                              In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                              Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                              Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                              MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                              Type of University Public Private

                                              Gender Male Female

                                              36

                                              2

                                              srgbbb

                                              1 2

                                              1

                                              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                              37

                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                              What are their acceptance levels in general

                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                              38

                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                              10

                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                              11

                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                              How should UK universities address them

                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                              could be competitive

                                              13

                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                              14

                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                              15

                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                              What are quality levels of private education

                                              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                              39

                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                              16

                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                              40

                                              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                • 12 Objective
                                                • 13 Methodology
                                                • 14 Scope
                                                • 15 Limitations
                                                  • 20 Industry Overview
                                                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                      • 211 Market segments
                                                      • 212 Player groups
                                                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                              • 30 Company Overview
                                                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                • 37 Key Clients
                                                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                      • Bibliography
                                                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

                                                British CouncilDhaka

                                                January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

                                                HSBC BangladeshDhaka

                                                August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

                                                The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

                                                May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

                                                Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

                                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

                                                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

                                                Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

                                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

                                                January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

                                                13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

                                                US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

                                                October 2008 toMarch 2009

                                                37 Key Clients

                                                SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

                                                A International Clients

                                                Cisco USA

                                                HSBC Hong Kong

                                                Telenor Norway

                                                Nokia Hong Kong

                                                Microsoft USA

                                                Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                ARD Inc USA

                                                14

                                                BHP-Engineering Australia

                                                BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                                International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                                Carana Corporation USA

                                                International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                                SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                                Dacom Corporation Korea

                                                Korea Telecom Korea

                                                Tata Steel India

                                                Bare Associates International USA

                                                Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                                Tessival SPA Italy

                                                G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                                Singer Worldwide USA

                                                Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                                Carana Corporation USA

                                                TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                                Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                                Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                                Quantum Market Research India

                                                BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                                Pew Research Centre USA

                                                Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                                Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                                Horizon Research Singapore

                                                Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                                Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                                Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                                Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                                Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                                Syngenta Hong Kong

                                                Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                                Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                                Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                                15

                                                Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                                Quest International UK

                                                Veraz Telecom USA

                                                Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                                China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                                BlueScope Steel Australia

                                                International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                                WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                                Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                                Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                                Synovate Hong Kong

                                                Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                                AQ Services International Singapore

                                                Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                                Columbia University USA

                                                B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                                The World Bank

                                                United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                                United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                                UNICEF Bangladesh

                                                Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                                International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                                Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                                Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                                Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                                United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                                Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                                Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                                International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                                CARE Bangladesh

                                                SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                                Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                                World Vision of Bangladesh

                                                JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                                OXFAM Bangladesh

                                                Concern Bangladesh

                                                16

                                                German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                                DFID Bangladesh

                                                C Domestic Clients

                                                Unilever Bangladesh

                                                British America Tobacco

                                                Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                                Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                                Olympic Industries

                                                Bengal Group of Industries

                                                A K Khan Group

                                                Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                                Mutual Group

                                                Baraka Group

                                                SQ Group

                                                Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                                Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                                Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                                Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                                M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                                Givenchy Group

                                                Grameen Bank

                                                Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                                BASIC Bank Ltd

                                                Grameen Uddog

                                                Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                                McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                                Grameen Shamogree

                                                Tripti Industries

                                                Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                                Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                                Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                                Brothers Group

                                                Syngenta

                                                Giant Group

                                                17

                                                Bell Corporation

                                                Anlima Group

                                                Grameen Telecom

                                                Grameen Phone

                                                Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                                Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                                Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                Modern Erection Dhaka

                                                BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                                38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                                M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                                Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                                Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                                combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                                CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                                FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                                More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                                Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                                Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                                Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                                presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                                Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                                Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                                National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                                Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                                Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                                Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                                18

                                                Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                19

                                                40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                model

                                                41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                20

                                                422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                effectively

                                                423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                Wave 9

                                                This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                43 Benefits of the Program

                                                Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                to provide critical real world research method information

                                                1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                a research job in the near future

                                                1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                from the research experts and consultants

                                                1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                and share ideas

                                                1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                21

                                                50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                Methodology can be defined as

                                                the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                51 Background of the study

                                                This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                the goal of this study

                                                511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                We need to be able to

                                                1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                512 Research Objectives

                                                To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                22

                                                1 Top 6 public universities

                                                2 Top 5 private universities

                                                3 Professional associations

                                                4 Government

                                                5 Private sector

                                                Suggested areas of research

                                                Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                52 Methodology

                                                After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                two methodologies

                                                521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                objectivity

                                                Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                and standardised data

                                                Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                23

                                                1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                2 Tabulate

                                                3 Summarise data

                                                4 Analyse data

                                                5 Draw conclusions

                                                Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                24

                                                ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                qualitative approach

                                                522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                2 Record what is said andor done

                                                3 Interpret

                                                4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                6 Theorising

                                                7 Draw conclusions

                                                Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                25

                                                practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                523 Criticism on FGD

                                                By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                course of the discussions

                                                Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                Gibbs 1997)

                                                A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                discussion evolves

                                                The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                time and budget constraints

                                                524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                26

                                                Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                27

                                                60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                tough to express in an internship report

                                                So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                minimized with a training program

                                                A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                28

                                                Bibliography

                                                Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                29

                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                4

                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                Government Multinational Local

                                                Gender Male Female

                                                30

                                                srgbb

                                                1 2 3

                                                654

                                                1 2

                                                Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                31

                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                If yes how do you provide the training

                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                32

                                                What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                Localo Privateo Public

                                                USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                What are their variations at your own company

                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                10

                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                33

                                                brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                11

                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                12

                                                What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                13

                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                14

                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                15

                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                34

                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                16

                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                35

                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                4

                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                Type of University Public Private

                                                Gender Male Female

                                                36

                                                2

                                                srgbbb

                                                1 2

                                                1

                                                Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                37

                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                38

                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                10

                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                11

                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                could be competitive

                                                13

                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                14

                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                15

                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                What are quality levels of private education

                                                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                39

                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                16

                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                40

                                                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                  • 12 Objective
                                                  • 13 Methodology
                                                  • 14 Scope
                                                  • 15 Limitations
                                                    • 20 Industry Overview
                                                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                        • 211 Market segments
                                                        • 212 Player groups
                                                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                • 30 Company Overview
                                                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                        • Bibliography
                                                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                  BHP-Engineering Australia

                                                  BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                  Nomura Research Institute Japan

                                                  International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

                                                  Carana Corporation USA

                                                  International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

                                                  SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                  ECI Telecom Inc USA

                                                  Dacom Corporation Korea

                                                  Korea Telecom Korea

                                                  Tata Steel India

                                                  Bare Associates International USA

                                                  Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

                                                  Tessival SPA Italy

                                                  G P Group of Companies Thailand

                                                  Singer Worldwide USA

                                                  Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

                                                  Carana Corporation USA

                                                  TOTAL FINA ELF France

                                                  Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

                                                  Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

                                                  Quantum Market Research India

                                                  BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

                                                  Pew Research Centre USA

                                                  Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

                                                  Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

                                                  Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

                                                  Horizon Research Singapore

                                                  Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

                                                  Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

                                                  Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

                                                  Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

                                                  Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

                                                  Syngenta Hong Kong

                                                  Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

                                                  Sungwon Corporation Korea

                                                  Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

                                                  15

                                                  Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                                  Quest International UK

                                                  Veraz Telecom USA

                                                  Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                  Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                                  China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                                  BlueScope Steel Australia

                                                  International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                                  WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                                  Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                                  Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                                  Synovate Hong Kong

                                                  Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                                  AQ Services International Singapore

                                                  Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                                  Columbia University USA

                                                  B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                                  The World Bank

                                                  United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                                  United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                                  UNICEF Bangladesh

                                                  Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                                  International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                                  Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                                  Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                                  Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                                  United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                                  Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                                  Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                                  International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                                  CARE Bangladesh

                                                  SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                                  Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                                  World Vision of Bangladesh

                                                  JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                                  OXFAM Bangladesh

                                                  Concern Bangladesh

                                                  16

                                                  German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                                  DFID Bangladesh

                                                  C Domestic Clients

                                                  Unilever Bangladesh

                                                  British America Tobacco

                                                  Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                                  Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                                  Olympic Industries

                                                  Bengal Group of Industries

                                                  A K Khan Group

                                                  Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                                  Mutual Group

                                                  Baraka Group

                                                  SQ Group

                                                  Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                  Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                                  Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                                  Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                                  M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                                  Givenchy Group

                                                  Grameen Bank

                                                  Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                  Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                                  BASIC Bank Ltd

                                                  Grameen Uddog

                                                  Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                                  McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                                  Grameen Shamogree

                                                  Tripti Industries

                                                  Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                                  Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                                  Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                                  Brothers Group

                                                  Syngenta

                                                  Giant Group

                                                  17

                                                  Bell Corporation

                                                  Anlima Group

                                                  Grameen Telecom

                                                  Grameen Phone

                                                  Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                                  Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                                  Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                  Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                  Modern Erection Dhaka

                                                  BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                                  38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                                  M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                                  Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                                  Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                                  combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                                  CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                                  FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                                  More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                                  Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                                  Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                                  Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                                  presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                                  Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                                  Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                                  National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                                  Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                                  Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                                  Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                  Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                                  18

                                                  Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                  Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                  national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                  Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                  ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                  Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                  Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                  Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                  19

                                                  40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                  While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                  that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                  perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                  model

                                                  41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                  The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                  weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                  In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                  credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                  While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                  extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                  most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                  42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                  Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                  the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                  research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                  421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                  It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                  (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                  take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                  was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                  (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                  to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                  successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                  to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                  experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                  like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                  Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                  20

                                                  422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                  This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                  Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                  effectively

                                                  423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                  Wave 9

                                                  This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                  training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                  place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                  424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                  It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                  observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                  43 Benefits of the Program

                                                  Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                  1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                  to provide critical real world research method information

                                                  1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                  having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                  a research job in the near future

                                                  1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                  from the research experts and consultants

                                                  1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                  from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                  and share ideas

                                                  1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                  perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                  21

                                                  50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                  This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                  study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                  Methodology can be defined as

                                                  the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                  the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                  a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                  Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                  comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                  what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                  methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                  51 Background of the study

                                                  This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                  some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                  the goal of this study

                                                  511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                  The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                  acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                  We need to be able to

                                                  1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                  2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                  3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                  512 Research Objectives

                                                  To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                  To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                  Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                  In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                  22

                                                  1 Top 6 public universities

                                                  2 Top 5 private universities

                                                  3 Professional associations

                                                  4 Government

                                                  5 Private sector

                                                  Suggested areas of research

                                                  Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                  Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                  Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                  Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                  Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                  Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                  52 Methodology

                                                  After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                  research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                  effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                  studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                  same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                  The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                  it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                  two methodologies

                                                  521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                  In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                  statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                  of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                  objectivity

                                                  Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                  through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                  and standardised data

                                                  Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                  23

                                                  1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                  2 Tabulate

                                                  3 Summarise data

                                                  4 Analyse data

                                                  5 Draw conclusions

                                                  Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                  explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                  utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                  look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                  tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                  behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                  So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                  educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                  Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                  They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                  Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                  Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                  These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                  arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                  limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                  reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                  collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                  choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                  A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                  situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                  by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                  Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                  According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                  observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                  measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                  their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                  they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                  this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                  quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                  what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                  24

                                                  ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                  ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                  of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                  qualitative approach

                                                  522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                  Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                  quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                  natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                  than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                  structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                  Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                  comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                  Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                  1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                  2 Record what is said andor done

                                                  3 Interpret

                                                  4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                  5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                  6 Theorising

                                                  7 Draw conclusions

                                                  Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                  point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                  are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                  approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                  knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                  affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                  understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                  and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                  behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                  behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                  sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                  subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                  understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                  research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                  marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                  25

                                                  practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                  of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                  practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                  523 Criticism on FGD

                                                  By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                  discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                  course of the discussions

                                                  Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                  (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                  seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                  decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                  they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                  community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                  Gibbs 1997)

                                                  A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                  This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                  ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                  social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                  for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                  sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                  to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                  emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                  wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                  recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                  the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                  also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                  discussion evolves

                                                  The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                  In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                  time and budget constraints

                                                  524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                  26

                                                  Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                  supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                  study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                  constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                  Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                  even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                  dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                  assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                  4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                  that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                  descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                  methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                  keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                  the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                  The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                  approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                  methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                  achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                  final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                  qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                  117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                  maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                  credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                  difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                  27

                                                  60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                  It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                  research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                  very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                  is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                  the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                  So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                  understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                  without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                  tough to express in an internship report

                                                  So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                  SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                  internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                  experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                  An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                  organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                  Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                  minimized with a training program

                                                  A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                  recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                  helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                  should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                  alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                  SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                  human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                  better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                  A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                  becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                  coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                  preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                  28

                                                  Bibliography

                                                  Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                  Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                  Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                  Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                  Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                  Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                  Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                  Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                  Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                  Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                  Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                  Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                  Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                  Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                  Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                  Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                  29

                                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                  4

                                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                  Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                  Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                  Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                  Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                  MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                  InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                  InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                  Government Multinational Local

                                                  Gender Male Female

                                                  30

                                                  srgbb

                                                  1 2 3

                                                  654

                                                  1 2

                                                  Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                  31

                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                  Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                  UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                  What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                  What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                  Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                  Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                  If yes how do you provide the training

                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                  What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                  What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                  32

                                                  What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                  Localo Privateo Public

                                                  USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                  What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                  What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                  Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                  Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                  Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                  Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                  What are their variations at your own company

                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                  7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                  10

                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                  33

                                                  brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                  11

                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                  12

                                                  What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                  13

                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                  14

                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                  15

                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                  What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                  What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                  34

                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                  16

                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                  35

                                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                  4

                                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                  Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                  In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                  Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                  Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                  MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                  Type of University Public Private

                                                  Gender Male Female

                                                  36

                                                  2

                                                  srgbbb

                                                  1 2

                                                  1

                                                  Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                  37

                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                  Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                  UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                  Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                  What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                  What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                  How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                  7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                  38

                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                  10

                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                  11

                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                  could be competitive

                                                  13

                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                  14

                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                  15

                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                  What are quality levels of private education

                                                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                  39

                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                  16

                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                  40

                                                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                    • 12 Objective
                                                    • 13 Methodology
                                                    • 14 Scope
                                                    • 15 Limitations
                                                      • 20 Industry Overview
                                                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                          • 211 Market segments
                                                          • 212 Player groups
                                                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                          • Bibliography
                                                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                    Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

                                                    Quest International UK

                                                    Veraz Telecom USA

                                                    Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                    Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

                                                    China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

                                                    BlueScope Steel Australia

                                                    International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

                                                    WorldFish Centre Malaysia

                                                    Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

                                                    Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

                                                    Synovate Hong Kong

                                                    Cairn Energy Bangladesh

                                                    AQ Services International Singapore

                                                    Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

                                                    Columbia University USA

                                                    B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

                                                    The World Bank

                                                    United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

                                                    United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

                                                    UNICEF Bangladesh

                                                    Asian Development Bank (ADB)

                                                    International Finance Corporation (IFC)

                                                    Commonwealth Secretariat UK

                                                    Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

                                                    Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

                                                    United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

                                                    Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

                                                    Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

                                                    International Jute Organization (IJO)

                                                    CARE Bangladesh

                                                    SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

                                                    Swisscontact-Katalyst

                                                    World Vision of Bangladesh

                                                    JOBS [A USAID Project]

                                                    OXFAM Bangladesh

                                                    Concern Bangladesh

                                                    16

                                                    German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                                    DFID Bangladesh

                                                    C Domestic Clients

                                                    Unilever Bangladesh

                                                    British America Tobacco

                                                    Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                                    Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                                    Olympic Industries

                                                    Bengal Group of Industries

                                                    A K Khan Group

                                                    Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                                    Mutual Group

                                                    Baraka Group

                                                    SQ Group

                                                    Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                    Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                                    Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                                    Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                                    M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                                    Givenchy Group

                                                    Grameen Bank

                                                    Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                    Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                                    BASIC Bank Ltd

                                                    Grameen Uddog

                                                    Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                                    McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                                    Grameen Shamogree

                                                    Tripti Industries

                                                    Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                                    Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                                    Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                                    Brothers Group

                                                    Syngenta

                                                    Giant Group

                                                    17

                                                    Bell Corporation

                                                    Anlima Group

                                                    Grameen Telecom

                                                    Grameen Phone

                                                    Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                                    Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                                    Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                    Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                    Modern Erection Dhaka

                                                    BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                                    38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                                    M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                                    Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                                    Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                                    combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                                    CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                                    FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                                    More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                                    Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                                    Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                                    Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                                    presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                                    Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                                    Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                                    National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                                    Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                                    Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                                    Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                    Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                                    18

                                                    Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                    Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                    national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                    Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                    ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                    Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                    Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                    Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                    19

                                                    40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                    While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                    that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                    perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                    model

                                                    41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                    The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                    weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                    In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                    credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                    While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                    extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                    most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                    42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                    Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                    the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                    research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                    421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                    It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                    (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                    take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                    was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                    (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                    to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                    successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                    to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                    experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                    like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                    Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                    20

                                                    422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                    This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                    Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                    effectively

                                                    423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                    Wave 9

                                                    This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                    training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                    place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                    424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                    It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                    observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                    43 Benefits of the Program

                                                    Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                    1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                    to provide critical real world research method information

                                                    1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                    having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                    a research job in the near future

                                                    1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                    from the research experts and consultants

                                                    1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                    from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                    and share ideas

                                                    1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                    perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                    21

                                                    50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                    This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                    study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                    Methodology can be defined as

                                                    the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                    the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                    a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                    Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                    comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                    what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                    methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                    51 Background of the study

                                                    This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                    some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                    the goal of this study

                                                    511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                    The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                    acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                    We need to be able to

                                                    1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                    2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                    3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                    512 Research Objectives

                                                    To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                    To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                    Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                    In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                    22

                                                    1 Top 6 public universities

                                                    2 Top 5 private universities

                                                    3 Professional associations

                                                    4 Government

                                                    5 Private sector

                                                    Suggested areas of research

                                                    Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                    Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                    Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                    Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                    Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                    Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                    52 Methodology

                                                    After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                    research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                    effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                    studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                    same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                    The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                    it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                    two methodologies

                                                    521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                    In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                    statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                    of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                    objectivity

                                                    Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                    through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                    and standardised data

                                                    Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                    23

                                                    1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                    2 Tabulate

                                                    3 Summarise data

                                                    4 Analyse data

                                                    5 Draw conclusions

                                                    Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                    explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                    utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                    look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                    tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                    behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                    So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                    educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                    Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                    They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                    Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                    Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                    These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                    arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                    limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                    reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                    collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                    choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                    A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                    situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                    by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                    Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                    According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                    observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                    measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                    their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                    they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                    this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                    quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                    what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                    24

                                                    ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                    ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                    of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                    qualitative approach

                                                    522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                    Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                    quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                    natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                    than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                    structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                    Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                    comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                    Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                    1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                    2 Record what is said andor done

                                                    3 Interpret

                                                    4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                    5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                    6 Theorising

                                                    7 Draw conclusions

                                                    Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                    point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                    are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                    approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                    knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                    affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                    understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                    and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                    behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                    behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                    sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                    subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                    understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                    research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                    marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                    25

                                                    practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                    of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                    practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                    523 Criticism on FGD

                                                    By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                    discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                    course of the discussions

                                                    Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                    (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                    seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                    decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                    they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                    community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                    Gibbs 1997)

                                                    A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                    This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                    ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                    social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                    for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                    sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                    to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                    emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                    wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                    recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                    the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                    also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                    discussion evolves

                                                    The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                    In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                    time and budget constraints

                                                    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                    26

                                                    Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                    supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                    study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                    constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                    Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                    even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                    dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                    assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                    4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                    that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                    descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                    methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                    keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                    the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                    The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                    approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                    methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                    achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                    final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                    qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                    117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                    maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                    credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                    difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                    27

                                                    60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                    It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                    research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                    very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                    is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                    the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                    So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                    understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                    without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                    tough to express in an internship report

                                                    So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                    SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                    internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                    experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                    An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                    organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                    Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                    minimized with a training program

                                                    A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                    recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                    helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                    should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                    alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                    SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                    human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                    better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                    A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                    becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                    coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                    preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                    28

                                                    Bibliography

                                                    Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                    Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                    Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                    Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                    Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                    Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                    Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                    Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                    Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                    Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                    Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                    Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                    Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                    Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                    Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                    Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                    29

                                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                    4

                                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                    Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                    Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                    Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                    MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                    InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                    InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                    Government Multinational Local

                                                    Gender Male Female

                                                    30

                                                    srgbb

                                                    1 2 3

                                                    654

                                                    1 2

                                                    Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                    31

                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                    What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                    If yes how do you provide the training

                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                    What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                    32

                                                    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                    Localo Privateo Public

                                                    USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                    What are their variations at your own company

                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                    10

                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                    33

                                                    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                    11

                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                    12

                                                    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                    13

                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                    14

                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                    15

                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                    What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                    34

                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                    16

                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                    35

                                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                    4

                                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                    Type of University Public Private

                                                    Gender Male Female

                                                    36

                                                    2

                                                    srgbbb

                                                    1 2

                                                    1

                                                    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                    37

                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                    What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                    38

                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                    10

                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                    11

                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                    could be competitive

                                                    13

                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                    14

                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                    15

                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                    What are quality levels of private education

                                                    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                    39

                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                    16

                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                    40

                                                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                      • 12 Objective
                                                      • 13 Methodology
                                                      • 14 Scope
                                                      • 15 Limitations
                                                        • 20 Industry Overview
                                                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                            • 211 Market segments
                                                            • 212 Player groups
                                                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                            • Bibliography
                                                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                      German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

                                                      DFID Bangladesh

                                                      C Domestic Clients

                                                      Unilever Bangladesh

                                                      British America Tobacco

                                                      Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

                                                      Social Marketing Company (SMC)

                                                      Olympic Industries

                                                      Bengal Group of Industries

                                                      A K Khan Group

                                                      Bashundhara Group of Companies

                                                      Mutual Group

                                                      Baraka Group

                                                      SQ Group

                                                      Rangs Electronics Ltd

                                                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                      Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

                                                      Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

                                                      Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

                                                      M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

                                                      Givenchy Group

                                                      Grameen Bank

                                                      Alfa Tobacco Group

                                                      Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

                                                      BASIC Bank Ltd

                                                      Grameen Uddog

                                                      Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

                                                      McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

                                                      Grameen Shamogree

                                                      Tripti Industries

                                                      Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

                                                      Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

                                                      Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

                                                      Brothers Group

                                                      Syngenta

                                                      Giant Group

                                                      17

                                                      Bell Corporation

                                                      Anlima Group

                                                      Grameen Telecom

                                                      Grameen Phone

                                                      Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                                      Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                                      Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                      Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                      Modern Erection Dhaka

                                                      BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                                      38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                                      M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                                      Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                                      Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                                      combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                                      CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                                      FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                                      More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                                      Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                                      Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                                      Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                                      presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                                      Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                                      Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                                      National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                                      Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                                      Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                                      Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                      Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                                      18

                                                      Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                      Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                      national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                      Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                      ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                      Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                      Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                      Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                      19

                                                      40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                      While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                      that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                      perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                      model

                                                      41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                      The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                      weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                      In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                      credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                      While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                      extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                      most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                      42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                      Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                      the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                      research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                      421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                      It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                      (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                      take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                      was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                      (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                      to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                      successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                      to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                      experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                      like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                      Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                      20

                                                      422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                      This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                      Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                      effectively

                                                      423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                      Wave 9

                                                      This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                      training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                      place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                      424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                      It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                      observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                      43 Benefits of the Program

                                                      Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                      1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                      to provide critical real world research method information

                                                      1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                      having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                      a research job in the near future

                                                      1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                      from the research experts and consultants

                                                      1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                      from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                      and share ideas

                                                      1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                      perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                      21

                                                      50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                      This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                      study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                      Methodology can be defined as

                                                      the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                      the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                      a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                      Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                      comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                      what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                      methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                      51 Background of the study

                                                      This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                      some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                      the goal of this study

                                                      511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                      The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                      acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                      We need to be able to

                                                      1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                      2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                      3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                      512 Research Objectives

                                                      To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                      To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                      Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                      In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                      22

                                                      1 Top 6 public universities

                                                      2 Top 5 private universities

                                                      3 Professional associations

                                                      4 Government

                                                      5 Private sector

                                                      Suggested areas of research

                                                      Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                      Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                      Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                      Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                      Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                      Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                      52 Methodology

                                                      After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                      research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                      effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                      studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                      same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                      The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                      it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                      two methodologies

                                                      521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                      In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                      statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                      of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                      objectivity

                                                      Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                      through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                      and standardised data

                                                      Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                      23

                                                      1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                      2 Tabulate

                                                      3 Summarise data

                                                      4 Analyse data

                                                      5 Draw conclusions

                                                      Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                      explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                      utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                      look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                      tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                      behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                      So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                      educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                      Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                      They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                      Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                      Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                      These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                      arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                      limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                      reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                      collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                      choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                      A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                      situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                      by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                      Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                      According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                      observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                      measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                      their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                      they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                      this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                      quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                      what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                      24

                                                      ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                      ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                      of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                      qualitative approach

                                                      522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                      Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                      quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                      natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                      than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                      structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                      Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                      comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                      Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                      1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                      2 Record what is said andor done

                                                      3 Interpret

                                                      4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                      5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                      6 Theorising

                                                      7 Draw conclusions

                                                      Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                      point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                      are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                      approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                      knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                      affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                      understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                      and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                      behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                      behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                      sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                      subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                      understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                      research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                      marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                      25

                                                      practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                      of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                      practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                      523 Criticism on FGD

                                                      By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                      discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                      course of the discussions

                                                      Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                      (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                      seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                      decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                      they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                      community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                      Gibbs 1997)

                                                      A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                      This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                      ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                      social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                      for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                      sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                      to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                      emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                      wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                      recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                      the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                      also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                      discussion evolves

                                                      The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                      In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                      time and budget constraints

                                                      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                      26

                                                      Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                      supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                      study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                      constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                      Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                      even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                      dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                      assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                      4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                      that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                      descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                      methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                      keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                      the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                      The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                      approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                      methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                      achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                      final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                      qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                      117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                      maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                      credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                      difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                      27

                                                      60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                      It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                      research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                      very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                      is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                      the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                      So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                      understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                      without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                      tough to express in an internship report

                                                      So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                      SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                      internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                      experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                      An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                      organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                      Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                      minimized with a training program

                                                      A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                      recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                      helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                      should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                      alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                      SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                      human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                      better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                      A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                      becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                      coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                      preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                      28

                                                      Bibliography

                                                      Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                      Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                      Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                      Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                      Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                      Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                      Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                      Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                      Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                      Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                      Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                      Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                      Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                      Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                      Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                      Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                      29

                                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                      4

                                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                      Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                      Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                      Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                      MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                      InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                      InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                      Government Multinational Local

                                                      Gender Male Female

                                                      30

                                                      srgbb

                                                      1 2 3

                                                      654

                                                      1 2

                                                      Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                      31

                                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                                      Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                      UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                      What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                      What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                      Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                      Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                      If yes how do you provide the training

                                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                      What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                      What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                      32

                                                      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                      Localo Privateo Public

                                                      USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                      What are their variations at your own company

                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                      10

                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                      33

                                                      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                      11

                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                      12

                                                      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                      13

                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                      14

                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                      15

                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                      What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                      34

                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                      16

                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                      35

                                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                      4

                                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                      Type of University Public Private

                                                      Gender Male Female

                                                      36

                                                      2

                                                      srgbbb

                                                      1 2

                                                      1

                                                      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                      37

                                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                                      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                      What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                      38

                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                      10

                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                      11

                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                      could be competitive

                                                      13

                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                      14

                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                      15

                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                      What are quality levels of private education

                                                      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                      39

                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                      16

                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                      40

                                                      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                      • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                        • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                        • 12 Objective
                                                        • 13 Methodology
                                                        • 14 Scope
                                                        • 15 Limitations
                                                          • 20 Industry Overview
                                                            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                              • 211 Market segments
                                                              • 212 Player groups
                                                                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                      • 30 Company Overview
                                                                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                        • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                        • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                        • 37 Key Clients
                                                                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                        • 52 Methodology
                                                                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                              • Bibliography
                                                                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                        Bell Corporation

                                                        Anlima Group

                                                        Grameen Telecom

                                                        Grameen Phone

                                                        Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

                                                        Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

                                                        Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                        Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

                                                        Modern Erection Dhaka

                                                        BRAC Bank Bangladesh

                                                        38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

                                                        M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

                                                        Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

                                                        Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

                                                        combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

                                                        CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

                                                        FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

                                                        More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

                                                        Research (qualitative and quantitative)

                                                        Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

                                                        Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

                                                        presentation on various management and business promotion issues

                                                        Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

                                                        Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

                                                        National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

                                                        Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

                                                        Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

                                                        Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

                                                        Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

                                                        18

                                                        Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                        Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                        national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                        Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                        ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                        Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                        Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                        Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                        19

                                                        40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                        While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                        that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                        perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                        model

                                                        41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                        The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                        weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                        In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                        credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                        While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                        extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                        most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                        42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                        Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                        the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                        research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                        421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                        It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                        (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                        take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                        was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                        (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                        to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                        successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                        to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                        experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                        like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                        Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                        20

                                                        422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                        This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                        Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                        effectively

                                                        423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                        Wave 9

                                                        This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                        training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                        place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                        424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                        It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                        observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                        43 Benefits of the Program

                                                        Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                        1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                        to provide critical real world research method information

                                                        1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                        having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                        a research job in the near future

                                                        1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                        from the research experts and consultants

                                                        1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                        from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                        and share ideas

                                                        1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                        perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                        21

                                                        50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                        This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                        study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                        Methodology can be defined as

                                                        the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                        the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                        a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                        Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                        comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                        what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                        methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                        51 Background of the study

                                                        This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                        some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                        the goal of this study

                                                        511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                        The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                        acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                        We need to be able to

                                                        1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                        2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                        3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                        512 Research Objectives

                                                        To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                        To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                        Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                        In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                        22

                                                        1 Top 6 public universities

                                                        2 Top 5 private universities

                                                        3 Professional associations

                                                        4 Government

                                                        5 Private sector

                                                        Suggested areas of research

                                                        Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                        Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                        Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                        Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                        Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                        Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                        52 Methodology

                                                        After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                        research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                        effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                        studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                        same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                        The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                        it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                        two methodologies

                                                        521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                        In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                        statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                        of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                        objectivity

                                                        Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                        through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                        and standardised data

                                                        Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                        23

                                                        1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                        2 Tabulate

                                                        3 Summarise data

                                                        4 Analyse data

                                                        5 Draw conclusions

                                                        Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                        explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                        utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                        look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                        tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                        behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                        So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                        educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                        Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                        They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                        Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                        Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                        These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                        arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                        limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                        reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                        collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                        choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                        A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                        situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                        by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                        Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                        According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                        observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                        measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                        their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                        they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                        this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                        quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                        what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                        24

                                                        ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                        ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                        of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                        qualitative approach

                                                        522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                        Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                        quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                        natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                        than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                        structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                        Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                        comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                        Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                        1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                        2 Record what is said andor done

                                                        3 Interpret

                                                        4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                        5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                        6 Theorising

                                                        7 Draw conclusions

                                                        Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                        point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                        are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                        approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                        knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                        affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                        understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                        and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                        behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                        behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                        sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                        subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                        understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                        research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                        marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                        25

                                                        practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                        of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                        practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                        523 Criticism on FGD

                                                        By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                        discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                        course of the discussions

                                                        Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                        (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                        seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                        decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                        they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                        community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                        Gibbs 1997)

                                                        A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                        This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                        ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                        social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                        for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                        sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                        to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                        emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                        wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                        recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                        the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                        also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                        discussion evolves

                                                        The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                        In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                        time and budget constraints

                                                        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                        26

                                                        Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                        supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                        study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                        constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                        Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                        even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                        dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                        assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                        4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                        that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                        descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                        methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                        keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                        the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                        The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                        approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                        methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                        achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                        final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                        qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                        117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                        maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                        credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                        difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                        27

                                                        60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                        It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                        research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                        very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                        is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                        the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                        So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                        understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                        without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                        tough to express in an internship report

                                                        So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                        SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                        internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                        experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                        An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                        organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                        Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                        minimized with a training program

                                                        A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                        recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                        helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                        should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                        alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                        SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                        human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                        better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                        A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                        becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                        coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                        preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                        28

                                                        Bibliography

                                                        Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                        Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                        Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                        Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                        Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                        Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                        Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                        Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                        Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                        Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                        Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                        Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                        Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                        Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                        Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                        Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                        29

                                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                        4

                                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                        Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                        Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                        Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                        MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                        InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                        InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                        Government Multinational Local

                                                        Gender Male Female

                                                        30

                                                        srgbb

                                                        1 2 3

                                                        654

                                                        1 2

                                                        Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                        31

                                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                                        Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                        UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                        What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                        What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                        Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                        Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                        If yes how do you provide the training

                                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                        What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                        What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                        32

                                                        What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                        Localo Privateo Public

                                                        USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                        What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                        What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                        Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                        Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                        Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                        Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                        What are their variations at your own company

                                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                        7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                        10

                                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                        33

                                                        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                        11

                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                        12

                                                        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                        13

                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                        14

                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                        15

                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                        What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                        34

                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                        16

                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                        35

                                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                        4

                                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                        Type of University Public Private

                                                        Gender Male Female

                                                        36

                                                        2

                                                        srgbbb

                                                        1 2

                                                        1

                                                        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                        37

                                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                                        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                        What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                        38

                                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                        10

                                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                        11

                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                        could be competitive

                                                        13

                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                        14

                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                        15

                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                        What are quality levels of private education

                                                        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                        39

                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                        16

                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                        40

                                                        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                        • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                          • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                          • 12 Objective
                                                          • 13 Methodology
                                                          • 14 Scope
                                                          • 15 Limitations
                                                            • 20 Industry Overview
                                                              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                • 211 Market segments
                                                                • 212 Player groups
                                                                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                        • 30 Company Overview
                                                                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                          • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                          • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                          • 37 Key Clients
                                                                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                          • 52 Methodology
                                                                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                • Bibliography
                                                                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                          Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

                                                          Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

                                                          national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

                                                          Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

                                                          ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

                                                          Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

                                                          Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

                                                          Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

                                                          19

                                                          40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                          While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                          that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                          perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                          model

                                                          41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                          The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                          weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                          In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                          credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                          While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                          extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                          most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                          42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                          Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                          the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                          research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                          421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                          It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                          (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                          take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                          was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                          (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                          to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                          successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                          to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                          experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                          like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                          Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                          20

                                                          422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                          This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                          Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                          effectively

                                                          423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                          Wave 9

                                                          This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                          training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                          place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                          424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                          It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                          observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                          43 Benefits of the Program

                                                          Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                          1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                          to provide critical real world research method information

                                                          1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                          having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                          a research job in the near future

                                                          1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                          from the research experts and consultants

                                                          1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                          from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                          and share ideas

                                                          1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                          perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                          21

                                                          50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                          This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                          study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                          Methodology can be defined as

                                                          the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                          the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                          a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                          Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                          comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                          what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                          methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                          51 Background of the study

                                                          This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                          some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                          the goal of this study

                                                          511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                          The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                          acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                          We need to be able to

                                                          1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                          2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                          3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                          512 Research Objectives

                                                          To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                          To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                          Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                          In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                          22

                                                          1 Top 6 public universities

                                                          2 Top 5 private universities

                                                          3 Professional associations

                                                          4 Government

                                                          5 Private sector

                                                          Suggested areas of research

                                                          Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                          Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                          Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                          Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                          Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                          Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                          52 Methodology

                                                          After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                          research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                          effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                          studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                          same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                          The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                          it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                          two methodologies

                                                          521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                          In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                          statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                          of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                          objectivity

                                                          Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                          through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                          and standardised data

                                                          Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                          23

                                                          1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                          2 Tabulate

                                                          3 Summarise data

                                                          4 Analyse data

                                                          5 Draw conclusions

                                                          Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                          explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                          utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                          look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                          tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                          behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                          So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                          educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                          Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                          They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                          Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                          Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                          These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                          arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                          limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                          reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                          collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                          choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                          A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                          situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                          by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                          Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                          According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                          observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                          measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                          their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                          they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                          this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                          quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                          what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                          24

                                                          ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                          ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                          of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                          qualitative approach

                                                          522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                          Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                          quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                          natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                          than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                          structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                          Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                          comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                          Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                          1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                          2 Record what is said andor done

                                                          3 Interpret

                                                          4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                          5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                          6 Theorising

                                                          7 Draw conclusions

                                                          Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                          point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                          are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                          approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                          knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                          affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                          understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                          and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                          behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                          behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                          sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                          subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                          understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                          research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                          marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                          25

                                                          practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                          of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                          practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                          523 Criticism on FGD

                                                          By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                          discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                          course of the discussions

                                                          Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                          (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                          seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                          decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                          they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                          community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                          Gibbs 1997)

                                                          A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                          This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                          ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                          social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                          for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                          sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                          to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                          emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                          wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                          recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                          the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                          also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                          discussion evolves

                                                          The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                          In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                          time and budget constraints

                                                          524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                          26

                                                          Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                          supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                          study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                          constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                          Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                          even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                          dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                          assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                          4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                          that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                          descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                          methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                          keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                          the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                          The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                          approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                          methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                          achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                          final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                          qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                          117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                          maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                          credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                          difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                          27

                                                          60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                          It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                          research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                          very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                          is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                          the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                          So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                          understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                          without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                          tough to express in an internship report

                                                          So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                          SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                          internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                          experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                          An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                          organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                          Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                          minimized with a training program

                                                          A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                          recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                          helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                          should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                          alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                          SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                          human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                          better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                          A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                          becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                          coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                          preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                          28

                                                          Bibliography

                                                          Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                          Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                          Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                          Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                          Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                          Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                          Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                          Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                          Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                          Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                          Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                          Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                          Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                          Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                          Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                          Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                          29

                                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                          4

                                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                          Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                          Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                          Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                          MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                          InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                          InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                          Government Multinational Local

                                                          Gender Male Female

                                                          30

                                                          srgbb

                                                          1 2 3

                                                          654

                                                          1 2

                                                          Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                          31

                                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                                          Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                          UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                          What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                          What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                          Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                          Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                          If yes how do you provide the training

                                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                          What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                          What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                          32

                                                          What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                          Localo Privateo Public

                                                          USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                          What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                          What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                          Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                          Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                          Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                          Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                          What are their variations at your own company

                                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                          7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                          10

                                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                          33

                                                          brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                          11

                                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                          How should UK universities address them

                                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                          12

                                                          What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                          13

                                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                          14

                                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                          15

                                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                          What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                          What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                          34

                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                          16

                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                          35

                                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                          4

                                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                          Type of University Public Private

                                                          Gender Male Female

                                                          36

                                                          2

                                                          srgbbb

                                                          1 2

                                                          1

                                                          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                          37

                                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                                          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                          What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                          38

                                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                          10

                                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                          11

                                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                          How should UK universities address them

                                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                          could be competitive

                                                          13

                                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                          14

                                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                          15

                                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                          What are quality levels of private education

                                                          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                          39

                                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                          16

                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                          40

                                                          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                          • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                            • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                            • 13 Methodology
                                                            • 14 Scope
                                                            • 15 Limitations
                                                              • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                  • 211 Market segments
                                                                  • 212 Player groups
                                                                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                          • 30 Company Overview
                                                                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                            • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                            • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                            • 37 Key Clients
                                                                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                            • 52 Methodology
                                                                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                  • Bibliography
                                                                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                            40 Jobs Performed During Internship

                                                            While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

                                                            that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

                                                            perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

                                                            model

                                                            41 Duties and Responsibilities

                                                            The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

                                                            weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

                                                            In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

                                                            credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

                                                            While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

                                                            extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

                                                            most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

                                                            42 Completion of the Assignments

                                                            Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

                                                            the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

                                                            research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

                                                            421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

                                                            It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

                                                            (taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

                                                            take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

                                                            was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

                                                            (Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

                                                            to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

                                                            successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

                                                            to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

                                                            experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

                                                            like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

                                                            Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

                                                            20

                                                            422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                            This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                            Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                            effectively

                                                            423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                            Wave 9

                                                            This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                            training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                            place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                            424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                            It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                            observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                            43 Benefits of the Program

                                                            Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                            1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                            to provide critical real world research method information

                                                            1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                            having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                            a research job in the near future

                                                            1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                            from the research experts and consultants

                                                            1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                            from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                            and share ideas

                                                            1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                            perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                            21

                                                            50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                            This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                            study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                            Methodology can be defined as

                                                            the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                            the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                            a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                            Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                            comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                            what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                            methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                            51 Background of the study

                                                            This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                            some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                            the goal of this study

                                                            511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                            The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                            acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                            We need to be able to

                                                            1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                            2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                            3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                            512 Research Objectives

                                                            To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                            To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                            Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                            In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                            22

                                                            1 Top 6 public universities

                                                            2 Top 5 private universities

                                                            3 Professional associations

                                                            4 Government

                                                            5 Private sector

                                                            Suggested areas of research

                                                            Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                            Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                            Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                            Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                            Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                            Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                            52 Methodology

                                                            After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                            research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                            effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                            studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                            same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                            The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                            it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                            two methodologies

                                                            521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                            In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                            statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                            of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                            objectivity

                                                            Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                            through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                            and standardised data

                                                            Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                            23

                                                            1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                            2 Tabulate

                                                            3 Summarise data

                                                            4 Analyse data

                                                            5 Draw conclusions

                                                            Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                            explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                            utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                            look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                            tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                            behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                            So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                            educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                            Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                            They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                            Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                            Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                            These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                            arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                            limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                            reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                            collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                            choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                            A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                            situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                            by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                            Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                            According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                            observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                            measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                            their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                            they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                            this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                            quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                            what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                            24

                                                            ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                            ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                            of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                            qualitative approach

                                                            522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                            Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                            quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                            natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                            than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                            structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                            Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                            comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                            Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                            1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                            2 Record what is said andor done

                                                            3 Interpret

                                                            4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                            5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                            6 Theorising

                                                            7 Draw conclusions

                                                            Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                            point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                            are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                            approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                            knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                            affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                            understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                            and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                            behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                            behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                            sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                            subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                            understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                            research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                            marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                            25

                                                            practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                            of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                            practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                            523 Criticism on FGD

                                                            By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                            discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                            course of the discussions

                                                            Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                            (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                            seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                            decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                            they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                            community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                            Gibbs 1997)

                                                            A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                            This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                            ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                            social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                            for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                            sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                            to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                            emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                            wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                            recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                            the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                            also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                            discussion evolves

                                                            The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                            In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                            time and budget constraints

                                                            524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                            26

                                                            Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                            supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                            study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                            constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                            Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                            even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                            dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                            assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                            4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                            that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                            descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                            methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                            keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                            the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                            The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                            approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                            methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                            achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                            final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                            qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                            117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                            maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                            credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                            difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                            27

                                                            60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                            It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                            research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                            very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                            is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                            the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                            So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                            understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                            without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                            tough to express in an internship report

                                                            So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                            SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                            internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                            experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                            An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                            organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                            Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                            minimized with a training program

                                                            A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                            recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                            helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                            should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                            alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                            SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                            human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                            better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                            A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                            becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                            coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                            preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                            28

                                                            Bibliography

                                                            Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                            Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                            Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                            Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                            Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                            Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                            Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                            Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                            Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                            Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                            Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                            Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                            Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                            Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                            Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                            Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                            29

                                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                            4

                                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                            Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                            Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                            Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                            MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                            InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                            InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                            Government Multinational Local

                                                            Gender Male Female

                                                            30

                                                            srgbb

                                                            1 2 3

                                                            654

                                                            1 2

                                                            Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                            31

                                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                                            Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                            UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                            What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                            What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                            Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                            Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                            If yes how do you provide the training

                                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                            What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                            What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                            32

                                                            What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                            Localo Privateo Public

                                                            USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                            What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                            What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                            Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                            Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                            Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                            Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                            What are their variations at your own company

                                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                            7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                            10

                                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                            33

                                                            brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                            11

                                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                            How should UK universities address them

                                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                            12

                                                            What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                            13

                                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                            14

                                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                            15

                                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                            What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                            What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                            34

                                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                            16

                                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                            35

                                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                            4

                                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                            Type of University Public Private

                                                            Gender Male Female

                                                            36

                                                            2

                                                            srgbbb

                                                            1 2

                                                            1

                                                            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                            37

                                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                                            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                            What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                            38

                                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                            10

                                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                            11

                                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                            How should UK universities address them

                                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                            could be competitive

                                                            13

                                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                            14

                                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                            15

                                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                            What are quality levels of private education

                                                            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                            39

                                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                            16

                                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                            40

                                                            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                            • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                              • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                              • 12 Objective
                                                              • 13 Methodology
                                                              • 14 Scope
                                                              • 15 Limitations
                                                                • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                    • 211 Market segments
                                                                    • 212 Player groups
                                                                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                            • 30 Company Overview
                                                                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                              • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                              • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                              • 37 Key Clients
                                                                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                    • Bibliography
                                                                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                              422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

                                                              This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

                                                              Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

                                                              effectively

                                                              423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

                                                              Wave 9

                                                              This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

                                                              training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

                                                              place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

                                                              424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

                                                              It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

                                                              observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

                                                              43 Benefits of the Program

                                                              Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

                                                              1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

                                                              to provide critical real world research method information

                                                              1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

                                                              having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

                                                              a research job in the near future

                                                              1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

                                                              from the research experts and consultants

                                                              1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

                                                              from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

                                                              and share ideas

                                                              1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

                                                              perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

                                                              21

                                                              50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                              This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                              study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                              Methodology can be defined as

                                                              the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                              the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                              a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                              Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                              comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                              what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                              methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                              51 Background of the study

                                                              This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                              some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                              the goal of this study

                                                              511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                              The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                              acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                              We need to be able to

                                                              1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                              2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                              3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                              512 Research Objectives

                                                              To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                              To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                              Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                              In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                              22

                                                              1 Top 6 public universities

                                                              2 Top 5 private universities

                                                              3 Professional associations

                                                              4 Government

                                                              5 Private sector

                                                              Suggested areas of research

                                                              Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                              Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                              Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                              Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                              Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                              Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                              52 Methodology

                                                              After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                              research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                              effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                              studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                              same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                              The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                              it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                              two methodologies

                                                              521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                              In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                              statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                              of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                              objectivity

                                                              Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                              through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                              and standardised data

                                                              Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                              23

                                                              1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                              2 Tabulate

                                                              3 Summarise data

                                                              4 Analyse data

                                                              5 Draw conclusions

                                                              Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                              explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                              utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                              look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                              tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                              behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                              So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                              educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                              Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                              They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                              Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                              Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                              These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                              arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                              limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                              reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                              collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                              choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                              A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                              situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                              by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                              Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                              According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                              observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                              measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                              their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                              they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                              this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                              quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                              what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                              24

                                                              ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                              ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                              of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                              qualitative approach

                                                              522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                              Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                              quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                              natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                              than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                              structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                              Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                              comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                              Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                              1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                              2 Record what is said andor done

                                                              3 Interpret

                                                              4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                              5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                              6 Theorising

                                                              7 Draw conclusions

                                                              Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                              point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                              are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                              approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                              knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                              affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                              understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                              and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                              behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                              behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                              sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                              subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                              understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                              research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                              marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                              25

                                                              practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                              of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                              practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                              523 Criticism on FGD

                                                              By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                              discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                              course of the discussions

                                                              Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                              (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                              seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                              decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                              they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                              community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                              Gibbs 1997)

                                                              A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                              This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                              ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                              social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                              for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                              sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                              to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                              emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                              wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                              recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                              the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                              also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                              discussion evolves

                                                              The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                              In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                              time and budget constraints

                                                              524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                              26

                                                              Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                              supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                              study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                              constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                              Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                              even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                              dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                              assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                              4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                              that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                              descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                              methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                              keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                              the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                              The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                              approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                              methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                              achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                              final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                              qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                              117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                              maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                              credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                              difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                              27

                                                              60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                              It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                              research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                              very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                              is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                              the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                              So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                              understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                              without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                              tough to express in an internship report

                                                              So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                              SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                              internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                              experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                              An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                              organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                              Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                              minimized with a training program

                                                              A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                              recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                              helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                              should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                              alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                              SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                              human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                              better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                              A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                              becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                              coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                              preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                              28

                                                              Bibliography

                                                              Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                              Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                              Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                              Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                              Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                              Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                              Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                              Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                              Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                              Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                              Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                              Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                              Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                              Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                              Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                              Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                              29

                                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                              4

                                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                              Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                              Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                              Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                              MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                              InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                              InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                              Government Multinational Local

                                                              Gender Male Female

                                                              30

                                                              srgbb

                                                              1 2 3

                                                              654

                                                              1 2

                                                              Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                              31

                                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                                              Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                              UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                              What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                              What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                              Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                              Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                              If yes how do you provide the training

                                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                              What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                              What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                              32

                                                              What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                              Localo Privateo Public

                                                              USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                              What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                              What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                              Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                              Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                              Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                              Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                              What are their variations at your own company

                                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                              7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                              10

                                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                              33

                                                              brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                              11

                                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                              How should UK universities address them

                                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                              12

                                                              What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                              13

                                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                              14

                                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                              15

                                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                              What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                              What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                              34

                                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                              16

                                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                              35

                                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                              4

                                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                              In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                              Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                              Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                              MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                              Type of University Public Private

                                                              Gender Male Female

                                                              36

                                                              2

                                                              srgbbb

                                                              1 2

                                                              1

                                                              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                              37

                                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                                              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                              What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                              38

                                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                              10

                                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                              11

                                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                              How should UK universities address them

                                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                              could be competitive

                                                              13

                                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                              14

                                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                              15

                                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                              What are quality levels of private education

                                                              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                              39

                                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                              16

                                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                              40

                                                              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                • 12 Objective
                                                                • 13 Methodology
                                                                • 14 Scope
                                                                • 15 Limitations
                                                                  • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                      • 211 Market segments
                                                                      • 212 Player groups
                                                                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                              • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                      • Bibliography
                                                                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

                                                                This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

                                                                study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

                                                                Methodology can be defined as

                                                                the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

                                                                the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

                                                                a particular procedure or set of procedures

                                                                Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

                                                                comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

                                                                what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

                                                                methodology and finally the justification for it

                                                                51 Background of the study

                                                                This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

                                                                some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

                                                                the goal of this study

                                                                511 Definition of the Business Problem

                                                                The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

                                                                acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

                                                                We need to be able to

                                                                1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

                                                                2 Identify new sectors for growth

                                                                3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

                                                                512 Research Objectives

                                                                To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

                                                                To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

                                                                Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

                                                                22

                                                                1 Top 6 public universities

                                                                2 Top 5 private universities

                                                                3 Professional associations

                                                                4 Government

                                                                5 Private sector

                                                                Suggested areas of research

                                                                Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                                Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                                Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                                Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                                52 Methodology

                                                                After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                                research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                                effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                                studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                                same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                                The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                                it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                                two methodologies

                                                                521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                                In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                                statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                                of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                                objectivity

                                                                Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                                through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                                and standardised data

                                                                Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                                23

                                                                1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                                2 Tabulate

                                                                3 Summarise data

                                                                4 Analyse data

                                                                5 Draw conclusions

                                                                Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                                explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                                utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                                look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                                tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                                behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                                So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                                educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                                Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                                They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                                Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                                Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                                These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                                arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                                limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                                reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                                collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                                choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                                A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                                situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                                by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                                Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                                According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                                observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                                measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                                their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                                they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                                this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                                quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                                what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                                24

                                                                ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                                ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                                of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                                qualitative approach

                                                                522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                                Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                                quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                                natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                                than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                                structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                                Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                                comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                                Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                                1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                                2 Record what is said andor done

                                                                3 Interpret

                                                                4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                                5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                                6 Theorising

                                                                7 Draw conclusions

                                                                Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                                point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                                are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                                approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                                knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                                affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                                understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                                and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                                behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                                behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                                sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                                subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                                understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                                research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                                marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                                25

                                                                practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                                of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                                practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                                523 Criticism on FGD

                                                                By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                                discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                                course of the discussions

                                                                Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                                (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                                seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                                decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                                they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                                community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                                Gibbs 1997)

                                                                A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                                This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                                ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                                social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                                for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                                sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                                to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                                emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                                wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                                recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                                the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                                also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                                discussion evolves

                                                                The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                                In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                                time and budget constraints

                                                                524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                                26

                                                                Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                27

                                                                60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                tough to express in an internship report

                                                                So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                minimized with a training program

                                                                A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                28

                                                                Bibliography

                                                                Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                29

                                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                4

                                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                Government Multinational Local

                                                                Gender Male Female

                                                                30

                                                                srgbb

                                                                1 2 3

                                                                654

                                                                1 2

                                                                Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                31

                                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                                Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                32

                                                                What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                Localo Privateo Public

                                                                USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                What are their variations at your own company

                                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                10

                                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                33

                                                                brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                11

                                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                12

                                                                What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                13

                                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                14

                                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                15

                                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                34

                                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                16

                                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                35

                                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                4

                                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                Type of University Public Private

                                                                Gender Male Female

                                                                36

                                                                2

                                                                srgbbb

                                                                1 2

                                                                1

                                                                Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                37

                                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                38

                                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                10

                                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                11

                                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                could be competitive

                                                                13

                                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                14

                                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                15

                                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                What are quality levels of private education

                                                                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                39

                                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                16

                                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                40

                                                                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                  • 12 Objective
                                                                  • 13 Methodology
                                                                  • 14 Scope
                                                                  • 15 Limitations
                                                                    • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                        • 211 Market segments
                                                                        • 212 Player groups
                                                                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                        • Bibliography
                                                                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                  1 Top 6 public universities

                                                                  2 Top 5 private universities

                                                                  3 Professional associations

                                                                  4 Government

                                                                  5 Private sector

                                                                  Suggested areas of research

                                                                  Which foreign qualifications are known

                                                                  Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                  Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                  Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

                                                                  Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

                                                                  Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

                                                                  52 Methodology

                                                                  After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

                                                                  research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

                                                                  effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

                                                                  studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

                                                                  same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

                                                                  The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

                                                                  it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

                                                                  two methodologies

                                                                  521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

                                                                  In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

                                                                  statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

                                                                  of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

                                                                  objectivity

                                                                  Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

                                                                  through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

                                                                  and standardised data

                                                                  Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

                                                                  23

                                                                  1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                                  2 Tabulate

                                                                  3 Summarise data

                                                                  4 Analyse data

                                                                  5 Draw conclusions

                                                                  Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                                  explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                                  utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                                  look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                                  tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                                  behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                                  So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                                  educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                                  Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                                  They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                                  Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                                  Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                                  These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                                  arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                                  limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                                  reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                                  collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                                  choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                                  A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                                  situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                                  by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                                  Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                                  According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                                  observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                                  measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                                  their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                                  they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                                  this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                                  quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                                  what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                                  24

                                                                  ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                                  ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                                  of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                                  qualitative approach

                                                                  522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                                  Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                                  quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                                  natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                                  than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                                  structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                                  Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                                  comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                                  Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                                  1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                                  2 Record what is said andor done

                                                                  3 Interpret

                                                                  4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                                  5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                                  6 Theorising

                                                                  7 Draw conclusions

                                                                  Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                                  point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                                  are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                                  approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                                  knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                                  affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                                  understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                                  and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                                  behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                                  behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                                  sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                                  subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                                  understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                                  research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                                  marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                                  25

                                                                  practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                                  of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                                  practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                                  523 Criticism on FGD

                                                                  By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                                  discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                                  course of the discussions

                                                                  Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                                  (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                                  seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                                  decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                                  they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                                  community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                                  Gibbs 1997)

                                                                  A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                                  This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                                  ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                                  social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                                  for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                                  sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                                  to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                                  emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                                  wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                                  recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                                  the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                                  also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                                  discussion evolves

                                                                  The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                                  In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                                  time and budget constraints

                                                                  524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                                  26

                                                                  Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                  supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                  study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                  constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                  Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                  even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                  dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                  assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                  4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                  that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                  descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                  methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                  keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                  the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                  The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                  approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                  methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                  achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                  final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                  qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                  117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                  maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                  credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                  difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                  27

                                                                  60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                  It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                  research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                  very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                  is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                  the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                  So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                  understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                  without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                  tough to express in an internship report

                                                                  So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                  SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                  internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                  experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                  An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                  organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                  Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                  minimized with a training program

                                                                  A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                  recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                  helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                  should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                  alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                  SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                  human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                  better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                  A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                  becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                  coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                  preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                  28

                                                                  Bibliography

                                                                  Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                  Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                  Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                  Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                  Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                  Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                  Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                  Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                  Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                  Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                  Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                  Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                  Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                  Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                  Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                  Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                  29

                                                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                  4

                                                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                  Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                  Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                  Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                  Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                  MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                  InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                  InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                  Government Multinational Local

                                                                  Gender Male Female

                                                                  30

                                                                  srgbb

                                                                  1 2 3

                                                                  654

                                                                  1 2

                                                                  Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                  31

                                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                                  Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                  UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                  What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                  What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                  Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                  Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                  If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                  What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                  32

                                                                  What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                  Localo Privateo Public

                                                                  USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                  What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                  What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                  Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                  Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                  Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                  Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                  What are their variations at your own company

                                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                  7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                  10

                                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                  33

                                                                  brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                  11

                                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                  12

                                                                  What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                  13

                                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                  14

                                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                  15

                                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                  What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                  What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                  34

                                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                  16

                                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                  35

                                                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                  4

                                                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                  Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                  In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                  Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                  Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                  MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                  Type of University Public Private

                                                                  Gender Male Female

                                                                  36

                                                                  2

                                                                  srgbbb

                                                                  1 2

                                                                  1

                                                                  Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                  37

                                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                                  Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                  UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                  Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                  How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                  7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                  38

                                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                  10

                                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                  11

                                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                  could be competitive

                                                                  13

                                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                  14

                                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                  15

                                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                  What are quality levels of private education

                                                                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                  39

                                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                  16

                                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                  40

                                                                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                    • 12 Objective
                                                                    • 13 Methodology
                                                                    • 14 Scope
                                                                    • 15 Limitations
                                                                      • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                          • 211 Market segments
                                                                          • 212 Player groups
                                                                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                          • Bibliography
                                                                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                    1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

                                                                    2 Tabulate

                                                                    3 Summarise data

                                                                    4 Analyse data

                                                                    5 Draw conclusions

                                                                    Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

                                                                    explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

                                                                    utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

                                                                    look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

                                                                    tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

                                                                    behavioural component such as attendance at class

                                                                    So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

                                                                    educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

                                                                    Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

                                                                    They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

                                                                    Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

                                                                    Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

                                                                    These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

                                                                    arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

                                                                    limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

                                                                    reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

                                                                    collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

                                                                    choice of quantitative methodology for this study

                                                                    A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

                                                                    situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

                                                                    by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

                                                                    Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

                                                                    According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

                                                                    observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

                                                                    measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

                                                                    their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

                                                                    they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

                                                                    this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

                                                                    quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

                                                                    what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

                                                                    24

                                                                    ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                                    ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                                    of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                                    qualitative approach

                                                                    522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                                    Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                                    quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                                    natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                                    than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                                    structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                                    Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                                    comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                                    Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                                    1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                                    2 Record what is said andor done

                                                                    3 Interpret

                                                                    4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                                    5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                                    6 Theorising

                                                                    7 Draw conclusions

                                                                    Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                                    point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                                    are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                                    approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                                    knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                                    affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                                    understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                                    and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                                    behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                                    behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                                    sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                                    subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                                    understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                                    research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                                    marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                                    25

                                                                    practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                                    of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                                    practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                                    523 Criticism on FGD

                                                                    By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                                    discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                                    course of the discussions

                                                                    Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                                    (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                                    seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                                    decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                                    they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                                    community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                                    Gibbs 1997)

                                                                    A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                                    This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                                    ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                                    social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                                    for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                                    sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                                    to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                                    emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                                    wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                                    recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                                    the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                                    also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                                    discussion evolves

                                                                    The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                                    In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                                    time and budget constraints

                                                                    524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                                    26

                                                                    Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                    supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                    study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                    constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                    Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                    even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                    dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                    assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                    4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                    that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                    descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                    methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                    keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                    the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                    The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                    approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                    methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                    achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                    final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                    qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                    117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                    maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                    credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                    difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                    27

                                                                    60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                    It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                    research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                    very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                    is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                    the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                    So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                    understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                    without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                    tough to express in an internship report

                                                                    So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                    SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                    internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                    experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                    An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                    organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                    Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                    minimized with a training program

                                                                    A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                    recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                    helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                    should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                    alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                    SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                    human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                    better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                    A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                    becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                    coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                    preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                    28

                                                                    Bibliography

                                                                    Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                    Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                    Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                    Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                    Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                    Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                    Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                    Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                    Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                    Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                    Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                    Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                    Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                    Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                    Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                    Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                    29

                                                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                    4

                                                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                    Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                    Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                    Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                    Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                    MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                    InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                    InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                    Government Multinational Local

                                                                    Gender Male Female

                                                                    30

                                                                    srgbb

                                                                    1 2 3

                                                                    654

                                                                    1 2

                                                                    Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                    31

                                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                                    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                    What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                    If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                    What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                    32

                                                                    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                    Localo Privateo Public

                                                                    USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                    What are their variations at your own company

                                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                    10

                                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                    33

                                                                    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                    11

                                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                    12

                                                                    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                    13

                                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                    14

                                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                    15

                                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                    What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                    34

                                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                    16

                                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                    35

                                                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                    4

                                                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                    Type of University Public Private

                                                                    Gender Male Female

                                                                    36

                                                                    2

                                                                    srgbbb

                                                                    1 2

                                                                    1

                                                                    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                    37

                                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                                    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                    38

                                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                    10

                                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                    11

                                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                    could be competitive

                                                                    13

                                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                    14

                                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                    15

                                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                    What are quality levels of private education

                                                                    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                    39

                                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                    16

                                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                    40

                                                                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                      • 12 Objective
                                                                      • 13 Methodology
                                                                      • 14 Scope
                                                                      • 15 Limitations
                                                                        • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                            • 211 Market segments
                                                                            • 212 Player groups
                                                                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                            • Bibliography
                                                                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                      ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

                                                                      ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

                                                                      of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

                                                                      qualitative approach

                                                                      522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

                                                                      Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

                                                                      quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

                                                                      natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

                                                                      than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

                                                                      structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

                                                                      Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

                                                                      comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

                                                                      Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

                                                                      1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

                                                                      2 Record what is said andor done

                                                                      3 Interpret

                                                                      4 Return to observeask more questions

                                                                      5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

                                                                      6 Theorising

                                                                      7 Draw conclusions

                                                                      Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

                                                                      point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

                                                                      are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

                                                                      approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

                                                                      knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

                                                                      affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

                                                                      understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

                                                                      and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

                                                                      behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

                                                                      behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

                                                                      sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

                                                                      subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

                                                                      understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

                                                                      research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

                                                                      marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

                                                                      25

                                                                      practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                                      of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                                      practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                                      523 Criticism on FGD

                                                                      By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                                      discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                                      course of the discussions

                                                                      Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                                      (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                                      seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                                      decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                                      they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                                      community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                                      Gibbs 1997)

                                                                      A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                                      This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                                      ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                                      social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                                      for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                                      sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                                      to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                                      emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                                      wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                                      recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                                      the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                                      also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                                      discussion evolves

                                                                      The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                                      In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                                      time and budget constraints

                                                                      524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                                      26

                                                                      Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                      supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                      study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                      constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                      Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                      even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                      dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                      assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                      4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                      that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                      descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                      methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                      keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                      the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                      The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                      approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                      methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                      achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                      final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                      qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                      117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                      maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                      credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                      difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                      27

                                                                      60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                      It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                      research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                      very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                      is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                      the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                      So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                      understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                      without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                      tough to express in an internship report

                                                                      So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                      SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                      internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                      experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                      An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                      organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                      Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                      minimized with a training program

                                                                      A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                      recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                      helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                      should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                      alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                      SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                      human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                      better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                      A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                      becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                      coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                      preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                      28

                                                                      Bibliography

                                                                      Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                      Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                      Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                      Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                      Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                      Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                      Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                      Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                      Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                      Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                      Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                      Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                      Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                      Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                      Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                      Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                      29

                                                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                      4

                                                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                      Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                      Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                      Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                      Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                      MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                      InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                      InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                      Government Multinational Local

                                                                      Gender Male Female

                                                                      30

                                                                      srgbb

                                                                      1 2 3

                                                                      654

                                                                      1 2

                                                                      Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                      31

                                                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                                                      Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                      UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                      What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                      What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                      What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                      Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                      Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                      If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                      What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                      32

                                                                      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                      Localo Privateo Public

                                                                      USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                      What are their variations at your own company

                                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                      10

                                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                      33

                                                                      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                      11

                                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                      12

                                                                      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                      13

                                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                      14

                                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                      15

                                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                      What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                      34

                                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                      16

                                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                      35

                                                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                      4

                                                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                      Type of University Public Private

                                                                      Gender Male Female

                                                                      36

                                                                      2

                                                                      srgbbb

                                                                      1 2

                                                                      1

                                                                      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                      37

                                                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                                                      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                      38

                                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                      10

                                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                      11

                                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                      could be competitive

                                                                      13

                                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                      14

                                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                      15

                                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                      What are quality levels of private education

                                                                      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                      39

                                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                      16

                                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                      40

                                                                      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                      • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                        • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                        • 12 Objective
                                                                        • 13 Methodology
                                                                        • 14 Scope
                                                                        • 15 Limitations
                                                                          • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                              • 211 Market segments
                                                                              • 212 Player groups
                                                                                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                      • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                        • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                        • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                        • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                        • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                              • Bibliography
                                                                                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                        practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

                                                                        of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

                                                                        practice to satisfy customer needs

                                                                        523 Criticism on FGD

                                                                        By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

                                                                        discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

                                                                        course of the discussions

                                                                        Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

                                                                        (Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

                                                                        seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

                                                                        decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

                                                                        they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

                                                                        community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

                                                                        Gibbs 1997)

                                                                        A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

                                                                        This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

                                                                        ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

                                                                        social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

                                                                        for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

                                                                        sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

                                                                        to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

                                                                        emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

                                                                        wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

                                                                        recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

                                                                        the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

                                                                        also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

                                                                        discussion evolves

                                                                        The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

                                                                        In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

                                                                        time and budget constraints

                                                                        524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

                                                                        26

                                                                        Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                        supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                        study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                        constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                        Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                        even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                        dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                        assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                        4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                        that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                        descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                        methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                        keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                        the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                        The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                        approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                        methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                        achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                        final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                        qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                        117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                        maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                        credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                        difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                        27

                                                                        60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                        It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                        research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                        very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                        is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                        the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                        So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                        understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                        without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                        tough to express in an internship report

                                                                        So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                        SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                        internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                        experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                        An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                        organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                        Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                        minimized with a training program

                                                                        A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                        recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                        helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                        should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                        alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                        SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                        human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                        better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                        A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                        becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                        coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                        preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                        28

                                                                        Bibliography

                                                                        Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                        Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                        Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                        Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                        Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                        Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                        Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                        Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                        Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                        Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                        Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                        Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                        Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                        Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                        Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                        Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                        29

                                                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                        4

                                                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                        Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                        Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                        Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                        Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                        MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                        InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                        InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                        Government Multinational Local

                                                                        Gender Male Female

                                                                        30

                                                                        srgbb

                                                                        1 2 3

                                                                        654

                                                                        1 2

                                                                        Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                        31

                                                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                                                        Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                        UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                        What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                        What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                        What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                        Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                        Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                        If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                        What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                        32

                                                                        What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                        Localo Privateo Public

                                                                        USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                        What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                        What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                        Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                        Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                        Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                        Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                        What are their variations at your own company

                                                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                        7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                        10

                                                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                        33

                                                                        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                        11

                                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                        12

                                                                        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                        13

                                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                        14

                                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                        15

                                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                        What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                        34

                                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                        16

                                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                        35

                                                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                        4

                                                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                        Type of University Public Private

                                                                        Gender Male Female

                                                                        36

                                                                        2

                                                                        srgbbb

                                                                        1 2

                                                                        1

                                                                        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                        37

                                                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                                                        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                        38

                                                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                        10

                                                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                        11

                                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                        could be competitive

                                                                        13

                                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                        14

                                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                        15

                                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                        What are quality levels of private education

                                                                        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                        39

                                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                        16

                                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                        40

                                                                        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                        • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                          • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                          • 12 Objective
                                                                          • 13 Methodology
                                                                          • 14 Scope
                                                                          • 15 Limitations
                                                                            • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                • 211 Market segments
                                                                                • 212 Player groups
                                                                                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                        • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                          • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                          • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                          • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                          • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                • Bibliography
                                                                                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                          Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

                                                                          supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

                                                                          study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

                                                                          constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

                                                                          Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

                                                                          even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

                                                                          dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

                                                                          assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

                                                                          4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

                                                                          that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

                                                                          descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

                                                                          methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

                                                                          keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

                                                                          the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

                                                                          The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

                                                                          approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

                                                                          methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

                                                                          achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

                                                                          final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

                                                                          qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

                                                                          117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

                                                                          maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

                                                                          credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

                                                                          difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

                                                                          27

                                                                          60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                          It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                          research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                          very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                          is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                          the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                          So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                          understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                          without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                          tough to express in an internship report

                                                                          So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                          SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                          internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                          experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                          An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                          organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                          Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                          minimized with a training program

                                                                          A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                          recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                          helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                          should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                          alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                          SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                          human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                          better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                          A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                          becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                          coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                          preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                          28

                                                                          Bibliography

                                                                          Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                          Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                          Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                          Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                          Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                          Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                          Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                          Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                          Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                          Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                          Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                          Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                          Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                          Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                          Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                          Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                          29

                                                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                          4

                                                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                          Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                          Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                          Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                          Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                          MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                          InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                          InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                          Government Multinational Local

                                                                          Gender Male Female

                                                                          30

                                                                          srgbb

                                                                          1 2 3

                                                                          654

                                                                          1 2

                                                                          Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                          31

                                                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                                                          Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                          UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                          What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                          What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                          What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                          Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                          Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                          If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                          What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                          32

                                                                          What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                          Localo Privateo Public

                                                                          USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                          What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                          What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                          Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                          Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                          Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                          Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                          What are their variations at your own company

                                                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                          7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                          10

                                                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                          33

                                                                          brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                          11

                                                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                          How should UK universities address them

                                                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                          12

                                                                          What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                          13

                                                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                          14

                                                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                          15

                                                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                          What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                          What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                          34

                                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                          16

                                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                          35

                                                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                          4

                                                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                          Type of University Public Private

                                                                          Gender Male Female

                                                                          36

                                                                          2

                                                                          srgbbb

                                                                          1 2

                                                                          1

                                                                          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                          37

                                                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                                                          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                          38

                                                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                          10

                                                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                          11

                                                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                          How should UK universities address them

                                                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                          could be competitive

                                                                          13

                                                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                          14

                                                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                          15

                                                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                          What are quality levels of private education

                                                                          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                          39

                                                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                          16

                                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                          40

                                                                          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                          • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                            • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                                            • 13 Methodology
                                                                            • 14 Scope
                                                                            • 15 Limitations
                                                                              • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                  • 211 Market segments
                                                                                  • 212 Player groups
                                                                                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                          • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                            • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                            • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                            • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                            • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                  • Bibliography
                                                                                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                            60 Conclusion and Recommendation

                                                                            It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

                                                                            research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

                                                                            very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

                                                                            is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

                                                                            the result which is the goal of all research works

                                                                            So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

                                                                            understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

                                                                            without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

                                                                            tough to express in an internship report

                                                                            So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

                                                                            SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

                                                                            internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

                                                                            experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

                                                                            An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

                                                                            organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

                                                                            Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

                                                                            minimized with a training program

                                                                            A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

                                                                            recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

                                                                            helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

                                                                            should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

                                                                            alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

                                                                            SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

                                                                            human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

                                                                            better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

                                                                            A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

                                                                            becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

                                                                            coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

                                                                            preparation and building it as a strong local brand

                                                                            28

                                                                            Bibliography

                                                                            Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                            Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                            Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                            Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                            Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                            Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                            Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                            Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                            Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                            Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                            Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                            Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                            Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                            Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                            Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                            Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                            29

                                                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                            4

                                                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                            Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                            Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                            Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                            Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                            MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                            InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                            InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                            Government Multinational Local

                                                                            Gender Male Female

                                                                            30

                                                                            srgbb

                                                                            1 2 3

                                                                            654

                                                                            1 2

                                                                            Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                            31

                                                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                                                            Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                            UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                            What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                            What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                            What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                            Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                            Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                            If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                            What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                            32

                                                                            What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                            Localo Privateo Public

                                                                            USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                            What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                            What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                            Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                            Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                            Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                            Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                            What are their variations at your own company

                                                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                            7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                            10

                                                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                            33

                                                                            brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                            11

                                                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                            How should UK universities address them

                                                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                            12

                                                                            What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                            13

                                                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                            14

                                                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                            15

                                                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                            What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                            What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                            34

                                                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                            16

                                                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                            35

                                                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                            4

                                                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                            Type of University Public Private

                                                                            Gender Male Female

                                                                            36

                                                                            2

                                                                            srgbbb

                                                                            1 2

                                                                            1

                                                                            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                            37

                                                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                                                            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                            38

                                                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                            10

                                                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                            11

                                                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                            How should UK universities address them

                                                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                            could be competitive

                                                                            13

                                                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                            14

                                                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                            15

                                                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                            What are quality levels of private education

                                                                            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                            39

                                                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                            16

                                                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                            40

                                                                            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                            • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                              • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                              • 12 Objective
                                                                              • 13 Methodology
                                                                              • 14 Scope
                                                                              • 15 Limitations
                                                                                • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                    • 211 Market segments
                                                                                    • 212 Player groups
                                                                                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                            • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                              • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                              • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                              • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                    • Bibliography
                                                                                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                              Bibliography

                                                                              Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

                                                                              Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

                                                                              Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

                                                                              Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

                                                                              Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

                                                                              Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

                                                                              Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

                                                                              Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

                                                                              Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

                                                                              Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

                                                                              Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

                                                                              Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

                                                                              Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

                                                                              Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

                                                                              Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

                                                                              Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

                                                                              29

                                                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                              4

                                                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                              Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                              Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                              Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                              Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                              MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                              InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                              InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                              Government Multinational Local

                                                                              Gender Male Female

                                                                              30

                                                                              srgbb

                                                                              1 2 3

                                                                              654

                                                                              1 2

                                                                              Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                              31

                                                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                                                              Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                              UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                              What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                              What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                              What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                              Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                              Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                              If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                              What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                              32

                                                                              What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                              Localo Privateo Public

                                                                              USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                              What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                              What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                              Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                              Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                              Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                              Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                              What are their variations at your own company

                                                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                              7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                              10

                                                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                              33

                                                                              brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                              11

                                                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                              How should UK universities address them

                                                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                              12

                                                                              What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                              13

                                                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                              14

                                                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                              15

                                                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                              What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                              What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                              34

                                                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                              16

                                                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                              35

                                                                              Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                              4

                                                                              Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                              Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                              Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                              SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                              E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                              Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                              In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                              I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                              Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                              Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                              Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                              MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                              Type of University Public Private

                                                                              Gender Male Female

                                                                              36

                                                                              2

                                                                              srgbbb

                                                                              1 2

                                                                              1

                                                                              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                              37

                                                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                                                              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                              38

                                                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                              10

                                                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                              11

                                                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                              How should UK universities address them

                                                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                              could be competitive

                                                                              13

                                                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                              14

                                                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                              15

                                                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                              What are quality levels of private education

                                                                              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                              39

                                                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                              16

                                                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                              40

                                                                              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                • 12 Objective
                                                                                • 13 Methodology
                                                                                • 14 Scope
                                                                                • 15 Limitations
                                                                                  • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                      • 211 Market segments
                                                                                      • 212 Player groups
                                                                                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                              • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                      • Bibliography
                                                                                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                4

                                                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

                                                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

                                                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

                                                                                Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

                                                                                MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

                                                                                InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

                                                                                InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

                                                                                Government Multinational Local

                                                                                Gender Male Female

                                                                                30

                                                                                srgbb

                                                                                1 2 3

                                                                                654

                                                                                1 2

                                                                                Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                31

                                                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                                What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                                Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                                If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                                What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                                32

                                                                                What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                                Localo Privateo Public

                                                                                USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                                What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                                What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                                Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                                Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                                Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                                Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                                What are their variations at your own company

                                                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                10

                                                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                                33

                                                                                brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                11

                                                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                12

                                                                                What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                                13

                                                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                14

                                                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                15

                                                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                                What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                34

                                                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                16

                                                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                35

                                                                                Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                4

                                                                                Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                Type of University Public Private

                                                                                Gender Male Female

                                                                                36

                                                                                2

                                                                                srgbbb

                                                                                1 2

                                                                                1

                                                                                Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                37

                                                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                38

                                                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                10

                                                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                11

                                                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                could be competitive

                                                                                13

                                                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                14

                                                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                15

                                                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                39

                                                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                16

                                                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                40

                                                                                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                  • 12 Objective
                                                                                  • 13 Methodology
                                                                                  • 14 Scope
                                                                                  • 15 Limitations
                                                                                    • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                        • 211 Market segments
                                                                                        • 212 Player groups
                                                                                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                        • Bibliography
                                                                                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                  Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  31

                                                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                  Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                  UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                  What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                  What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                                  What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                  Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                                  Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                                  If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                                  What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                                  32

                                                                                  What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                                  Localo Privateo Public

                                                                                  USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                                  What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                                  What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                                  Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                                  Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                                  Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                                  Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                                  What are their variations at your own company

                                                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                  7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                  10

                                                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                                  33

                                                                                  brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                  11

                                                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                  12

                                                                                  What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                                  13

                                                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                  14

                                                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                  15

                                                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                  What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                                  What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  34

                                                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                  16

                                                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                  35

                                                                                  Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                  4

                                                                                  Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                  Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                  Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                  SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                  E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                  Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                  In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                  I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                  Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                  MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                  Type of University Public Private

                                                                                  Gender Male Female

                                                                                  36

                                                                                  2

                                                                                  srgbbb

                                                                                  1 2

                                                                                  1

                                                                                  Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                  37

                                                                                  Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                  Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                  UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                  privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                  Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                  Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                  Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                  2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                  3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                  What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                  4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                  5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                  Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                  6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                  How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                  7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                  Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                  8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                  How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                  38

                                                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                  10

                                                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                  11

                                                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                  could be competitive

                                                                                  13

                                                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                  14

                                                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                  15

                                                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                  What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                  39

                                                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                  16

                                                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                  40

                                                                                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                    • 12 Objective
                                                                                    • 13 Methodology
                                                                                    • 14 Scope
                                                                                    • 15 Limitations
                                                                                      • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                          • 211 Market segments
                                                                                          • 212 Player groups
                                                                                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                          • Bibliography
                                                                                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                    Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                    UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

                                                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                    What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

                                                                                    What are their acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

                                                                                    What are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                    Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

                                                                                    Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

                                                                                    If yes how do you provide the training

                                                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

                                                                                    What are the reasons behind those polices

                                                                                    32

                                                                                    What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                                    Localo Privateo Public

                                                                                    USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                                    What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                                    What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                                    Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                                    Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                                    Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                                    Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                                    What are their variations at your own company

                                                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                    7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                    10

                                                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                                    33

                                                                                    brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                    11

                                                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                    12

                                                                                    What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                                    13

                                                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                    14

                                                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                    15

                                                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                    What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                                    What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    34

                                                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                    16

                                                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                    35

                                                                                    Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                    4

                                                                                    Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                    Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                    Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                    SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                    E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                    Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                    In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                    I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                    Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                    Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                    Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                    MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                    Type of University Public Private

                                                                                    Gender Male Female

                                                                                    36

                                                                                    2

                                                                                    srgbbb

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                    Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                    Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                    37

                                                                                    Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                    Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                    UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                    privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                    Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                    Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                    Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                    2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                    3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                    What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                    4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                    5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                    Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                    6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                    How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                    7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                    Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                    8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                    How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                    38

                                                                                    How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                    What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                    9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                    Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                    10

                                                                                    How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                    accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                    11

                                                                                    What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                    Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                    How should UK universities address them

                                                                                    What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                    What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                    12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                    could be competitive

                                                                                    13

                                                                                    At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                    14

                                                                                    What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                    15

                                                                                    What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                    What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                    What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                    Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                    How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                    39

                                                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                    16

                                                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                    40

                                                                                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                      • 12 Objective
                                                                                      • 13 Methodology
                                                                                      • 14 Scope
                                                                                      • 15 Limitations
                                                                                        • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                            • 211 Market segments
                                                                                            • 212 Player groups
                                                                                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                            • Bibliography
                                                                                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                      What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

                                                                                      Localo Privateo Public

                                                                                      USA Australia Canada UK Others

                                                                                      What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

                                                                                      What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

                                                                                      Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

                                                                                      Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

                                                                                      Local university degreeso Privateo Public

                                                                                      Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

                                                                                      What are their variations at your own company

                                                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                      7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                      10

                                                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

                                                                                      33

                                                                                      brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                      11

                                                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                      12

                                                                                      What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                                      13

                                                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                      14

                                                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                      15

                                                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                      What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                                      What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      34

                                                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                      16

                                                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                      35

                                                                                      Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                      4

                                                                                      Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                      Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                      Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                      SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                      E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                      Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                      In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                      I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                      Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                      Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                      Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                      MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                      Type of University Public Private

                                                                                      Gender Male Female

                                                                                      36

                                                                                      2

                                                                                      srgbbb

                                                                                      1 2

                                                                                      1

                                                                                      Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                      Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                      Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                      37

                                                                                      Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                      Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                      UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                      privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                      Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                      Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                      Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                      2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                      3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                      What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                      4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                      5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                      Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                      6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                      How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                      7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                      Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                      8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                      How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                      38

                                                                                      How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                      What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                      9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                      Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                      10

                                                                                      How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                      accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                      11

                                                                                      What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                      Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                      How should UK universities address them

                                                                                      What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                      What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                      12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                      could be competitive

                                                                                      13

                                                                                      At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                      14

                                                                                      What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                      15

                                                                                      What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                      What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                      What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                      Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                      How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                      39

                                                                                      What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                      Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                      What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                      Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                      Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                      What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                      How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                      How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                      What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                      16

                                                                                      What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                      How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                      How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                      Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                      How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                      40

                                                                                      • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                      • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                        • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                        • 12 Objective
                                                                                        • 13 Methodology
                                                                                        • 14 Scope
                                                                                        • 15 Limitations
                                                                                          • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                            • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                              • 211 Market segments
                                                                                              • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                  • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                  • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                  • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                      • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                        • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                        • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                        • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                        • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                        • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                        • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                        • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                          • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                            • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                            • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                              • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                              • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                              • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                              • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                  • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                    • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                      • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                      • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                        • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                          • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                          • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                          • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                          • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                              • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                              • Bibliography
                                                                                                                              • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                  • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                    • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                        brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                        11

                                                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                        12

                                                                                        What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

                                                                                        13

                                                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                        14

                                                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                        15

                                                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                        What are relative weights of these constraints

                                                                                        What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        34

                                                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                        16

                                                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                        35

                                                                                        Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                        4

                                                                                        Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                        Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                        Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                        SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                        E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                        Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                        In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                        I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                        Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                        Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                        Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                        MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                        Type of University Public Private

                                                                                        Gender Male Female

                                                                                        36

                                                                                        2

                                                                                        srgbbb

                                                                                        1 2

                                                                                        1

                                                                                        Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                        Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                        Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                        37

                                                                                        Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                        Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                        UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                        privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                        Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                        Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                        Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                        2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                        3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                        What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                        4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                        5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                        Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                        6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                        How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                        7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                        Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                        8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                        How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                        38

                                                                                        How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                        What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                        9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                        Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                        10

                                                                                        How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                        accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                        11

                                                                                        What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                        Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                        How should UK universities address them

                                                                                        What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                        What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                        12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                        could be competitive

                                                                                        13

                                                                                        At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                        14

                                                                                        What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                        15

                                                                                        What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                        What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                        What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                        Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                        How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                        39

                                                                                        What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                        Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                        What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                        Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                        Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                        What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                        How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                        How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                        What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                        16

                                                                                        What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                        How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                        How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                        Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                        How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                        40

                                                                                        • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                        • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                          • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                          • 12 Objective
                                                                                          • 13 Methodology
                                                                                          • 14 Scope
                                                                                          • 15 Limitations
                                                                                            • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                              • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                  • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                    • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                    • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                    • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                        • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                          • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                          • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                          • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                          • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                          • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                          • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                          • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                            • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                              • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                              • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                  • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                    • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                      • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                        • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                        • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                          • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                            • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                            • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                            • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                            • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                  • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                    • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                      • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                          16

                                                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                          35

                                                                                          Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                          4

                                                                                          Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                          Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                          Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                          SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                          E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                          Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                          In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                          I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                          Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                          Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                          Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                          MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                          Type of University Public Private

                                                                                          Gender Male Female

                                                                                          36

                                                                                          2

                                                                                          srgbbb

                                                                                          1 2

                                                                                          1

                                                                                          Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                          Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                          Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                          37

                                                                                          Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                          Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                          UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                          privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                          Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                          Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                          Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                          2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                          3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                          What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                          What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                          4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                          5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                          Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                          What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                          6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                          How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                          7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                          Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                          8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                          How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                          38

                                                                                          How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                          What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                          9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                          Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                          10

                                                                                          How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                          accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                          11

                                                                                          What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                          Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                          How should UK universities address them

                                                                                          What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                          What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                          12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                          could be competitive

                                                                                          13

                                                                                          At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                          What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                          14

                                                                                          What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                          15

                                                                                          What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                          What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                          What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                          Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                          How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                          39

                                                                                          What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                          Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                          Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                          What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                          Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                          Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                          How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                          What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                          How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                          How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                          What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                          16

                                                                                          What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                          How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                          How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                          Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                          How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                          40

                                                                                          • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                          • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                            • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                                                            • 13 Methodology
                                                                                            • 14 Scope
                                                                                            • 15 Limitations
                                                                                              • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                  • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                  • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                    • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                      • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                      • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                      • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                          • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                            • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                            • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                            • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                            • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                            • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                            • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                            • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                              • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                  • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                  • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                  • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                  • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                    • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                      • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                        • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                          • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                          • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                            • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                              • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                              • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                              • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                              • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                  • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                  • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                  • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                    • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                      • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                        • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                            Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

                                                                                            4

                                                                                            Barisal 5Sylhet 6

                                                                                            Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

                                                                                            Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

                                                                                            SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                            E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

                                                                                            Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

                                                                                            In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

                                                                                            I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

                                                                                            Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                            Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

                                                                                            Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

                                                                                            MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

                                                                                            Type of University Public Private

                                                                                            Gender Male Female

                                                                                            36

                                                                                            2

                                                                                            srgbbb

                                                                                            1 2

                                                                                            1

                                                                                            Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                            Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                            Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                            37

                                                                                            Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                            Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                            UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                            privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                            Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                            Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                            Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                            2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                            3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                            What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                            What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                            4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                            5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                            Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                            What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                            6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                            How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                            7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                            Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                            8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                            How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                            38

                                                                                            How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                            What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                            9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                            Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                            10

                                                                                            How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                            accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                            11

                                                                                            What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                            Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                            How should UK universities address them

                                                                                            What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                            What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                            12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                            could be competitive

                                                                                            13

                                                                                            At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                            What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                            14

                                                                                            What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                            15

                                                                                            What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                            What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                            What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                            Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                            How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                            39

                                                                                            What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                            Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                            Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                            What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                            Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                            Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                            How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                            What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                            How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                            How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                            What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                            16

                                                                                            What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                            How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                            How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                            Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                            How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                            40

                                                                                            • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                            • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                              • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                              • 12 Objective
                                                                                              • 13 Methodology
                                                                                              • 14 Scope
                                                                                              • 15 Limitations
                                                                                                • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                  • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                    • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                    • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                      • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                        • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                        • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                        • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                            • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                              • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                              • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                              • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                              • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                              • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                              • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                              • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                  • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                  • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                    • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                    • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                    • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                    • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                      • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                        • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                          • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                            • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                            • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                              • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                                • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                                • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                                • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                                • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                    • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                    • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                    • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                      • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                        • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                          • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                              Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                              Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

                                                                                              Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

                                                                                              37

                                                                                              Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                              Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                              UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                              privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                              Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                              Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                              Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                              2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                              3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                              What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                              What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                              4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                              5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                              Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                              What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                              6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                              How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                              7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                              Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                              8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                              How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                              38

                                                                                              How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                              What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                              9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                              Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                              10

                                                                                              How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                              accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                              11

                                                                                              What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                              Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                              How should UK universities address them

                                                                                              What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                              What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                              12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                              could be competitive

                                                                                              13

                                                                                              At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                              What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                              14

                                                                                              What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                              15

                                                                                              What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                              What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                              What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                              Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                              How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                              39

                                                                                              What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                              Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                              Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                              What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                              Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                              Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                              How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                              What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                              How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                              How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                              What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                              16

                                                                                              What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                              How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                              How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                              Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                              How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                              40

                                                                                              • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                              • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                                • 12 Objective
                                                                                                • 13 Methodology
                                                                                                • 14 Scope
                                                                                                • 15 Limitations
                                                                                                  • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                    • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                      • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                      • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                        • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                          • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                          • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                          • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                              • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                                • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                                • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                                • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                                • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                                • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                                • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                  • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                    • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                    • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                      • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                      • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                      • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                      • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                        • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                          • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                            • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                              • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                              • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                                • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                                  • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                                  • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                                  • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                                  • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                      • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                      • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                      • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                        • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                          • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                            • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                                Issues to be Discussed

                                                                                                Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

                                                                                                UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

                                                                                                privatizing of state run assets by the government

                                                                                                Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

                                                                                                Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                                Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                                2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

                                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

                                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                                3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

                                                                                                What are their acceptance levels in general

                                                                                                What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

                                                                                                4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

                                                                                                5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

                                                                                                Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

                                                                                                What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

                                                                                                6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

                                                                                                How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

                                                                                                7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

                                                                                                Why are they doing this rather than university course

                                                                                                8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

                                                                                                How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

                                                                                                38

                                                                                                How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                                What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                                9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                                Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                                10

                                                                                                How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                                accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                                11

                                                                                                What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                                Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                                How should UK universities address them

                                                                                                What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                                What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                                12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                                could be competitive

                                                                                                13

                                                                                                At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                                What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                                14

                                                                                                What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                                15

                                                                                                What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                                What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                                What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                                Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                                How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                                39

                                                                                                What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                                Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                                What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                                Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                                Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                                How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                                How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                16

                                                                                                What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                                How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                                How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                                Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                                How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                                40

                                                                                                • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                                • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                  • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                                  • 12 Objective
                                                                                                  • 13 Methodology
                                                                                                  • 14 Scope
                                                                                                  • 15 Limitations
                                                                                                    • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                      • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                        • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                        • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                          • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                            • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                            • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                            • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                                • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                                  • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                  • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                                  • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                                  • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                                  • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                                  • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                                  • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                    • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                      • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                      • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                        • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                        • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                        • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                        • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                          • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                            • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                              • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                                • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                                • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                                  • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                                    • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                                    • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                                    • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                                    • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                        • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                        • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                        • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                          • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                            • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                              • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                                  How many students could be interested for UK universities

                                                                                                  What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

                                                                                                  9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

                                                                                                  Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

                                                                                                  10

                                                                                                  How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

                                                                                                  accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

                                                                                                  11

                                                                                                  What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

                                                                                                  Why are recognition and acceptance weak

                                                                                                  How should UK universities address them

                                                                                                  What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                                  What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

                                                                                                  12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

                                                                                                  could be competitive

                                                                                                  13

                                                                                                  At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

                                                                                                  What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

                                                                                                  14

                                                                                                  What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

                                                                                                  15

                                                                                                  What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

                                                                                                  What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

                                                                                                  What are quality levels of private education

                                                                                                  Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

                                                                                                  How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

                                                                                                  39

                                                                                                  What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                  Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                                  Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                                  What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                                  Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                                  Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                  How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                  What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                                  How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                                  How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                  What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                  16

                                                                                                  What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                                  How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                                  How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                                  Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                                  How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                                  40

                                                                                                  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                                  • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                    • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                                    • 12 Objective
                                                                                                    • 13 Methodology
                                                                                                    • 14 Scope
                                                                                                    • 15 Limitations
                                                                                                      • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                          • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                          • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                                  • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                    • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                                    • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                                    • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                                • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                                    • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                          • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                                    What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                    Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

                                                                                                    Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

                                                                                                    What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

                                                                                                    Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

                                                                                                    Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                    How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

                                                                                                    What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

                                                                                                    How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

                                                                                                    How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

                                                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                    What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

                                                                                                    16

                                                                                                    What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

                                                                                                    How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

                                                                                                    How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

                                                                                                    Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

                                                                                                    How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

                                                                                                    40

                                                                                                    • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                                                                                    • 10 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                      • 11 Origin of the Report
                                                                                                      • 12 Objective
                                                                                                      • 13 Methodology
                                                                                                      • 14 Scope
                                                                                                      • 15 Limitations
                                                                                                        • 20 Industry Overview
                                                                                                          • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
                                                                                                            • 211 Market segments
                                                                                                            • 212 Player groups
                                                                                                              • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
                                                                                                                • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
                                                                                                                • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
                                                                                                                • 223 The Nielsen Company
                                                                                                                    • 30 Company Overview
                                                                                                                      • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                      • 32 Organization Chart
                                                                                                                      • 34 Qualitative Research
                                                                                                                      • 35 Quantitative Research
                                                                                                                      • 36 Recent Projects
                                                                                                                      • 37 Key Clients
                                                                                                                      • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                                                                                                                        • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                                                                                                                          • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                                                                                                                          • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                                                                                                                            • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                                                                                                                            • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                                                                                                                            • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                                                                                                                            • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                                                                                                                              • 43 Benefits of the Program
                                                                                                                                • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                                                                                                                  • 51 Background of the study
                                                                                                                                    • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                                                                                                                    • 512 Research Objectives
                                                                                                                                      • 52 Methodology
                                                                                                                                        • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                                                                                                                        • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                                                                                                                        • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                                                                                                                        • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                                                                                                                            • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                                                                                                                            • Bibliography
                                                                                                                                            • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                                                                                                                              • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                                                                                                                                • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                                                                                                                  • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

                                                                                                      top related